NSC PC87365

November 2000
Revision 2.01
PC87365
128-Pin LPC SuperI/O with System Hardware Monitoring
General Description
Outstanding Features
The PC87365, a member of National Semiconductor’s 128pin LPC SuperI/O family, features National’s new System
Hardware Monitoring capability. The PC87365 is PC99 and
ACPI compliant, and offers a single-chip solution to the most
commonly used PC I/O peripherals.
System Hardware Monitoring provides minimum power consumption and maximum operating efficiency within the system
environment. It integrates National’s Voltage Level Monitor
(VLM) which monitors system voltages using 8-bit Analog to
Digital (A/D) conversion, seven analog input channels and
VREF input, and National’s diode input Temperature Sensor
for full, PC system thermal control.
The PC87365 also incorporates: Fan Speed Control and
Monitor (FSCM) for three fans, extended wake-up support
for a wide range of wake-up events, system design protection
features, a Floppy Disk Controller (FDC), a Keyboard and
Mouse Controller (KBC), ACCESS.bus® Interface (ACB),
System Wake-Up Control (SWC), General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) support for 40 ports, Interrupt Serializer
for Parallel IRQs, an enhanced WATCHDOG Timer (WDT),
a full IEEE 1284 Parallel Port and two enhanced Serial Ports
(UARTs), one with Infrared (IR) support.
●
System Hardware Monitoring including:
— Diode-based Temperature Sensor (TMS)
— Voltage Level Monitor (VLM) with VID inputs
●
Extended Wake-Up support, including legacy/ACPI
power button support, direct power supply control in
response to wake-up events, power-fail recovery
●
Protection features, including I/O access lock, chassis
hood lock/unlock, chassis intrusion detection, GPIO lock
and pin configuration lock
●
Fan Speed Control and Monitor for three fans
●
Serial IRQ support (15 options)
●
Interrupt Serializer (11 Parallel IRQs to Serial IRQ)
●
Bus interface, based on Intel’s LPC Interface Specification Revision 1.0, September 29th, 1997
●
ACCESS.bus Interface, SMbus® physical layer compatible
●
40 GPIO Ports (29 standard, including 15 with Assert
IRQ/SMI/PWUREQs interrupts; 11 VSB powered)
●
Blinking LEDs
●
128-pin PQFP Package
Block Diagram
Serial
Interface
Serial Infrared
Interface Interface
Ports
Floppy Drive
Interface
Serial Port 1
Serial Port 2
with IR
GPIO Ports
Floppy Disk
Controller
AV DD
VDD
VBdAT
VSB
System Wake-Up
Control
I/O
ACCESS.bus
Interface
Power Wake-Up PWUREQ SCL
Control Events
SDA
WATCHDOG
Timer
WDO
Parallel Port LPC Serial
Analog
Diode
Interface Interface IRQ SMI Inputs VREF Interface
Bus
Interface
System
Hardware
Monitoring
Keyboard &
Mouse Controller
Interrupt
Serializer
IEEE 1284
Parallel Port
Fan Speed
Control & Monitor
3 Control 3 Monitor Keyboard & Ports
Mouse I/F
Outputs
Inputs
Parallel
IRQs
National Semiconductor is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corporation.
All other brand or product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
© 2000 National Semiconductor Corporation
www.national.com
PC87365 128-Pin LPC SuperI/O with System Hardware Monitoring
PRELIMINARY
Features (Continued)
•
Features
•
— 11 Parallel IRQs to Serial IRQ
— IRQ sharing with internal IRQs
Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
— Seven analog inputs that can support both positive
and negative voltages
— Four internal measuring points
— Internal or external VREF
•
Temperature Sensor (TMS)
•
— Up to two remote diode inputs
— A/D analog channels provide thermal inputs to directly sense die temperature of remote diodes
— Meets ACPI requirements for thermal management
— Standby mode to minimize power consumption
•
❏ Four optional 8-bit DMA channels (where applicable)
•
Protection
40 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports
— Programmable drive type for each output pin (opendrain, push-pull or output disable)
— Programmable option for internal pull-up resistor on
each input pin
— Output lock option
— Input debounce mechanism
•
Parallel Port
— Software or hardware control
— Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) compatible with new
version EPP 1.9 and IEEE 1284 compliant
— EPP support for version EPP 1.7 of the Xircom specification
— EPP support as mode 4 of the Extended Capabilities
Port (ECP)
— IEEE 1284 compliant ECP, including level 2
— Selection of internal pull-up or pull-down resistor for
Paper End (PE) pin
— PCI bus utilization reduction by supporting a demand DMA mode mechanism and a DMA fairness
mechanism
— Protection circuit that prevents damage to the parallel port when a printer connected to it powers up or
is operated at high voltages, even if the device is in
power-down
— Output buffers that can sink and source 14 mA
Fan Speed Control and Fan Speed Monitor (FSCM)
— Supports different fan types
— Speed monitoring for three fans
❏ Digital filtering of the tachometer input signal
❏ Alarm for fan slower than programmable threshold speed
❏ Alarm for fan stop
— Three speed control lines with Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
❏ Output signal in the range of 6 Hz to 93.75 KHz
❏ Duty cycle resolution of 1/256
www.national.com
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)
— Programmable write protect
— FM and MFM mode support
— Enhanced mode command for three-mode Floppy
Disk Drive (FDD) support
— Perpendicular recording drive support for 2.88 MB
— Burst and non-burst modes
— Full support for IBM Tape Drive register (TDR) implementation of AT and PS/2 drive types
— 16-byte FIFO
— Software compatible with the PC8477, which contains a superset of the FDC functions in the
microDP8473, the NEC microPD765A and the
N82077
— High-performance, digital separator
— Standard 5.25” and 3.5” FDD support
— 29 standard, with Assert IRQ/SMI/PWUREQ for 15
ports
— 11 VSB powered
•
PC99 and ACPI Compliant
❏ 15 IRQ routing options
Extended Wake-Up
— Chassis intrusion detection (CHASI, CHASO)
— Chassis hood lock and unlock control (CHLOCK,
CHUNLOCK)
— Access lock to I/O ports (XLOCK)
— GPIO lock
— Pin configuration lock
•
Synchronous cycles, up to 33 MHz bus clock
8-bit I/O cycles
Up to four DMA channels
8-bit DMA cycles
Basic read, write and DMA bus cycles are 13 clock
cycles long
— PnP Configuration Register structure
— Flexible resource allocation for all logical devices
❏ Relocatable base address
— Legacy and ACPI power button support
— Direct power supply control in response to wake-up
events
— Power-fail recovery
•
LPC System Interface
—
—
—
—
—
— VID inputs
— Meets ACPI and DMI requirements for system voltage monitoring
•
Interrupt Serializer
2
Features
•
(Continued)
•
Serial Port 1 (UART1)
— Software compatible with the 16550A and the 16450
— Shadow register support for write-only bit monitoring
— UART data rates up to 1.5 Mbaud
•
— Times out the system based on user-programmable
time-out period
— System power-down capability for power saving
— User-defined trigger events to restart WATCHDOG
— Optional routing of WATCHDOG output on IRQ
and/or SMI lines
Serial Port 2 with Infrared (UART2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Software compatible with the 16550A and the 16450
Shadow register support for write-only bit monitoring
UART data rates up to 1.5 Mbaud
HP-SIR
ASK-IR option of SHARP-IR
DASK-IR option of SHARP-IR
Consumer Remote Control supports RC-5, RC-6,
NEC, RCA and RECS 80
— Non-standard DMA support − one or two channels
— PnP dongle support
•
•
❏ External modem ring on serial port
❏ Ring pulse or pulse train on the RING input signal
❏ Preprogrammed CEIR address in a preselected
standard (NEC, RCA or RC-5)
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)
❏ General-Purpose Input Events
❏ IRQs of internal logical devices
— Optional routing of power-up request on IRQ, SMI
and/or PWBTOUT
— Battery-backed event configuration
— Programmable VSB-powered output for blinking
LEDs (LED1, LED2) control
•
Clock Sources
— 48 MHz clock input
— LPC clock, up to 33 MHz
— On-chip low-frequency clock generator for wake-up
•
Power Supplies
— 3.3V supply operation
— Main (VDD and AVDD)
— Standby (VSB)
— Battery backup (VBAT)
— All pins are 5V tolerant and back-drive protected, except LPC bus pins
ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
— Serial interface compatible with SMBus physical layer
—
—
—
—
System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
— Power-up request upon detection of Keyboard,
Mouse, RI1, RI2, RING activity and General-Purpose Input Events, as follows:
❏ Preprogrammed Keyboard or Mouse sequence
— 8-bit microcontroller
— Software compatible with the 8042AH and PC87911
microcontrollers
— 2 KB custom-designed program ROM
— 256 bytes RAM for data
— Five programmable dedicated open-drain I/O lines
— Asynchronous access to two data registers and one
status register during normal operation
— Support for both interrupt and polling
— 93 instructions
— 8-bit timer/counter
— Support for binary and BCD arithmetic
— Operation at 8 MHz,12 MHz or 16 MHz (programmable option)
— Can be customized by using the PC87323, which includes a RAM-based KBC as a development platform for KBC code
•
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
•
Compatible with Philips’ I2C®
ACB master and slave
Supports polling and interrupt controlled operation
Optional internal pull-up on SDA and SCL pins
Strap Configuration
— Base Address (BADDR) strap to determine the base
address of the Index-Data register pair
— Test strap to force the device into test mode (reserved for National Semiconductor use)
— Power Supply and LED Configuration (PSLDC0,1)
straps to determine the power supply control functions and the VSB power-up defaults of LED2
— Power Supply On Polarity (PSONPOL) strap to set
PSON active state and output type
3
www.national.com
Datasheet Revision Record
Revision Date
Status
Comments
October 1998
Draft 0.1
Specification subject to change without notice
October 1998
Draft 0.2
Specification subject to change without notice
October 1998
Draft 0.21
Specification subject to change without notice
November 1998
Draft 0.3
Specification subject to change without notice
January 1999
Preliminary 1.0
Specification subject to change without notice; Power
Supply Control and LED sections in Chapter 2 are
incomplete
July 2000
2.0
Release with B3 errata included
November 2000
2.01
TMS/VLM characteristics updated
www.national.com
4
Table of Contents
Datasheet Revision Record ................................................................................................................... 4
1.0
2.0
Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.1
CONNECTION DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................... 14
1.2
BUFFER TYPES AND SIGNAL/PIN DIRECTORY .................................................................... 15
1.3
PIN MULTIPLEXING ................................................................................................................. 19
1.4
DETAILED SIGNAL/PIN DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................ 21
1.4.1
ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB) .................................................................................... 21
1.4.2
Bus Interface ............................................................................................................... 21
1.4.3
Clock ............................................................................................................................ 21
1.4.4
Fan Speed Control and Monitor (FSCM) ..................................................................... 21
1.4.5
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) ...................................................................................... 22
1.4.6
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports ............................................................... 23
1.4.7
Infrared (IR) ................................................................................................................. 23
1.4.8
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC) ..................................................................... 24
1.4.9
Parallel Port ............................................................................................................... 24
1.4.10 Power and Ground ..................................................................................................... 25
1.4.11 Protection .................................................................................................................... 26
1.4.12 Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 ..................................................................................... 26
1.4.13 Strap Configuration ...................................................................................................... 27
1.4.14 System Hardware Monitoring ...................................................................................... 27
1.4.15 System Wake-Up Control ............................................................................................ 28
1.4.16 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT) ......................................................................................... 28
1.5
INTERNAL PULL-UP AND PULL-DOWN RESISTORS ............................................................ 29
Device Architecture and Configuration
2.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................... 31
2.2
CONFIGURATION STRUCTURE AND ACCESS ..................................................................... 31
2.2.1
The Index-Data Register Pair ...................................................................................... 31
2.2.2
Banked Logical Device Registers Structure ................................................................ 33
2.2.3
Standard Logical Device Configuration Register Definitions ....................................... 34
2.2.4
Standard Configuration Registers ............................................................................... 36
2.2.5
Default Configuration Setup ........................................................................................ 37
2.2.6
Power States ............................................................................................................... 38
2.2.7
Address Decoding ....................................................................................................... 38
2.3
INTERRUPT SERIALIZER ........................................................................................................ 38
2.4
PROTECTION ........................................................................................................................... 39
2.4.1
Chassis Intrusion Detection ......................................................................................... 39
2.4.2
Chassis Lock and Unlock ............................................................................................ 39
2.4.3
Access Lock to I/O Ports ............................................................................................. 40
2.4.4
Pin Configuration Lock ................................................................................................ 40
2.4.5
GPIO Pin Function Lock .............................................................................................. 40
5
www.national.com
Table of Contents
(Continued)
2.5
POWER SUPPLY CONTROL (PSC) ......................................................................................... 40
2.6
LED OPERATION AND STATES .............................................................................................. 43
2.7
POWER SUPPLY CONTROL AND LED CONFIGURATION .................................................... 43
2.8
REGISTER TYPE ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................ 43
2.9
SUPERI/O CONFIGURATION REGISTERS ............................................................................. 44
2.9.1
SuperI/O ID Register (SID) .......................................................................................... 45
2.9.2
SuperI/O Configuration 1 Register (SIOCF1) .............................................................. 45
2.9.3
SuperI/O Configuration 2 Register (SIOCF2) .............................................................. 46
2.9.4
SuperI/O Configuration 3 Register (SIOCF3) .............................................................. 47
2.9.5
SuperI/O Configuration 4 Register (SIOCF4) .............................................................. 48
2.9.6
SuperI/O Configuration 5 Register (SIOCF5) .............................................................. 49
2.9.7
SuperI/O Configuration 6 Register (SIOCF6) .............................................................. 50
2.9.8
SuperI/O Revision ID Register (SRID) ........................................................................ 50
2.9.9
SuperI/O Configuration 8 Register (SIOCF8) .............................................................. 51
2.9.10 SuperI/O Configuration A Register (SIOCFA) ............................................................. 52
2.9.11 SuperI/O Configuration B Register (SIOCFB) ............................................................. 53
2.9.12 SuperI/O Configuration C Register (SIOCFC) ............................................................. 54
2.9.13 SuperI/O Configuration D Register (SIOCFD) ............................................................. 55
2.10
FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) CONFIGURATION ........................................................ 56
2.10.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 56
2.10.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC) Configuration ......................................................................... 56
2.10.3 FDC Configuration Register ........................................................................................ 57
2.10.4 Drive ID Register ......................................................................................................... 58
2.11
PARALLEL PORT CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 59
2.11.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 59
2.11.2 Logical Device 1 (PP) Configuration ............................................................................ 60
2.11.3 Parallel Port Configuration Register ............................................................................ 61
2.12
SERIAL PORT 2 CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................... 62
2.12.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 62
2.12.2 Logical Device 2 (SP2) Configuration .......................................................................... 62
2.12.3 Serial Port 2 Configuration Register ............................................................................ 62
2.13
SERIAL PORT 1 CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................... 63
2.13.1 Logical Device 3 (SP1) Configuration .......................................................................... 63
2.13.2 Serial Port 1 Configuration Register ............................................................................ 63
2.14
SYSTEM WAKE-UP CONTROL (SWC) CONFIGURATION ..................................................... 64
2.14.1 Logical Device 4 (SWC) Configuration ........................................................................ 64
2.15
KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC) CONFIGURATION ..................................... 65
2.15.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 65
2.15.2 Logical Devices 5 and 6 (Mouse and Keyboard) Configuration .................................. 66
2.15.3 KBC Configuration Register ........................................................................................ 67
2.16
GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) PORTS CONFIGURATION .......................... 68
2.16.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 68
2.16.2 Implementation ............................................................................................................ 68
2.16.3 Logical Device 7 (GPIO) Configuration ....................................................................... 69
2.16.4 GPIO Pin Select Register ............................................................................................ 70
www.national.com
6
Table of Contents
2.16.5
2.16.6
3.0
(Continued)
GPIO Pin Configuration Register ................................................................................. 71
GPIO Event Routing Register ...................................................................................... 72
2.17
ACCESS.BUS INTERFACE (ACB) CONFIGURATION ............................................................ 73
2.17.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 73
2.17.2 Logical Device 8 (ACB) Configuration ......................................................................... 73
2.17.3 ACB Configuration Register ........................................................................................ 74
2.18
FAN SPEED CONTROL AND MONITOR (FSCM) CONFIGURATION ..................................... 75
2.18.1 General Description ..................................................................................................... 75
2.18.2 Logical Device 9 (FSCM) Configuration ...................................................................... 75
2.18.3 Fan Speed Control and Monitor Configuration 1 Register ........................................... 76
2.18.4 Fan Speed Control and Monitor Configuration 2 Register ........................................... 77
2.18.5 Fan Speed Control OTS Configuration Register (FCOCR) ......................................... 77
2.19
WATCHDOG TIMER (WDT) CONFIGURATION ...................................................................... 78
2.19.1 Logical Device 10 (WDT) Configuration ...................................................................... 78
2.19.2 WATCHDOG Timer Configuration Register ................................................................ 78
2.20
VOLTAGE LEVEL MONITOR (VLM) CONFIGURATION .......................................................... 79
2.20.1 Logical Device 13 (VLM) Configuration ....................................................................... 79
2.21
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (TMS) CONFIGURATION ............................................................. 79
2.21.1 Logical Device 14 (TMS) Configuration ....................................................................... 79
System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................... 80
3.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................. 81
3.3
EVENT DETECTION ................................................................................................................. 82
3.3.1
Modem Ring ................................................................................................................ 82
3.3.2
Telephone Ring ........................................................................................................... 82
3.3.3
Keyboard and Mouse Activity ...................................................................................... 83
3.3.4
CEIR Address .............................................................................................................. 83
3.3.5
Standby General-Purpose Input Events ...................................................................... 83
3.3.6
GPIO-Triggered Events ............................................................................................... 83
3.3.7
Software Event ............................................................................................................ 83
3.3.8
Module IRQ Wake-Up Event ....................................................................................... 83
3.4
SWC REGISTERS ..................................................................................................................... 84
3.4.1
SWC Register Map ...................................................................................................... 85
3.4.2
Wake-Up Events Status Register 0 (WK_STS0) ......................................................... 87
3.4.3
Wake-Up Events Status Register (WK_STS1) ............................................................ 88
3.4.4
Wake-Up Events Enable Register (WK_EN0) ............................................................. 89
3.4.5
Wake-Up Events Enable Register 1 (WK_EN1) .......................................................... 90
3.4.6
Wake-Up Configuration Register (WK_CFG) .............................................................. 91
3.4.7
Wake-Up Events Routing to SMI Enable Register 0 (WK_SMIEN0) ........................... 92
3.4.8
Wake-Up Events Routing to SMI Enable Register 1 (WK_SMIEN1) ........................... 93
3.4.9
Wake-Up Events Routing to IRQ Enable Register 0 (WK_IRQEN0) ........................... 94
3.4.10 Wake-Up Events Routing to IRQ Enable Register 1 (WK_IRQEN1) ........................... 95
3.4.11 Wake-Up Extension 1 Enable Register 0 (WK_X1EN0) .............................................. 96
3.4.12 Wake-Up Extension 1 Enable Register 1 (WK_X1EN1) .............................................. 97
7
www.national.com
Table of Contents
3.4.13
3.4.14
3.4.15
3.4.16
3.4.17
3.4.18
3.4.19
3.4.20
3.4.21
3.4.22
3.4.23
3.4.24
3.4.25
3.4.26
3.4.27
3.4.28
3.4.29
3.4.30
3.4.31
3.4.32
3.4.33
3.4.34
3.4.35
3.4.36
3.5
4.0
5.0
(Continued)
Wake-Up Extension 2 Enable Register 0 (WK_X2EN0) .............................................. 98
Wake-Up Extension 2 Enable Register 1 (WK_X2EN1) .............................................. 99
Wake-Up Extension 3 Enable Register 0 (WK_X3EN0) ............................................ 100
Wake-Up Extension 3 Enable Register 1 (WK_X3EN1) ............................................ 101
PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Wake-Up Events ............................................................ 102
PS/2 Protocol Control Register (PS2CTL) ................................................................. 103
Keyboard Data Shift Register (KDSR) ....................................................................... 103
Mouse Data Shift Register (MDSR) ........................................................................... 104
PS/2 Keyboard Key Data Registers (PS2KEY0 - PS2KEY7) .................................... 104
CEIR Wake-Up Control Register (IRWCR) ............................................................... 105
CEIR Wake-Up Address Register (IRWAD) .............................................................. 106
CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask Register (IRWAM) .................................................... 106
CEIR Address Shift Register (ADSR) ........................................................................ 107
CEIR Wake-Up Range 0 Registers ........................................................................... 107
CEIR Wake-Up Range 1 Registers ........................................................................... 108
CEIR Wake-Up Range 2 Registers ........................................................................... 108
CEIR Wake-Up Range 3 Registers ........................................................................... 109
Standby General-Purpose I/O (SBGPIO) Register Overview .................................... 110
Standby GPIO Pin Select Register (SBGPSEL) ........................................................ 113
Standby GPIO Pin Configuration Register (SBGPCFG) ........................................... 114
Standby GPIOE/GPIE Data Out Register 0 (SB_GPDO0) ........................................ 116
Standby GPIOE/GPIE Data In Register 0 (SB_GPDI0) ............................................ 116
Standby GPOS Data Out Register 1 (SB_GPDO1) .................................................. 117
Standby GPIS Data In Register 1 (SB_GPDI1) ......................................................... 117
SWC REGISTER BITMAP ....................................................................................................... 118
Fan Speed Control
4.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 121
4.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 121
4.3
FAN SPEED CONTROL REGISTERS .................................................................................... 122
4.3.1
Fan Speed Control Register Map .............................................................................. 122
4.3.2
Fan Speed Control Pre-Scale Register (FCPSR) ...................................................... 122
4.3.3
Fan Speed Control Duty Cycle Register (FCDCR) .................................................... 123
4.4
FAN SPEED CONTROL BITMAP ........................................................................................... 123
Fan Speed Monitor
5.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 124
5.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 124
5.3
FAN SPEED MONITOR REGISTERS ..................................................................................... 125
5.3.1
Fan Speed Monitor Register Map .............................................................................. 125
5.3.2
Fan Monitor Threshold Register (FMTHR) ................................................................ 126
5.3.3
Fan Monitor Speed Register (FMSPR) ...................................................................... 126
5.3.4
Fan Monitor Control and Status Register (FMCSR) .................................................. 126
www.national.com
8
Table of Contents
5.4
6.0
7.0
8.0
(Continued)
FAN SPEED MONITOR BITMAP ............................................................................................ 127
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 128
6.2
BASIC FUNCTIONALITY ........................................................................................................ 129
6.2.1
Configuration Options ................................................................................................ 129
6.2.2
Operation ................................................................................................................... 129
6.3
EVENT HANDLING AND SYSTEM NOTIFICATION .............................................................. 130
6.3.1
Event Configuration ................................................................................................... 130
6.3.2
System Notification .................................................................................................... 130
6.4
GPIO PORT REGISTERS ....................................................................................................... 131
6.4.1
GPIO Pin Configuration (GPCFG) Register .............................................................. 132
6.4.2
GPIO Pin Event Routing (GPEVR) Register ............................................................. 133
6.4.3
GPIO Port Runtime Register Map ............................................................................. 133
6.4.4
GPIO Data Out Register (GPDO) .............................................................................. 134
6.4.5
GPIO Data In Register (GPDI) .................................................................................. 134
6.4.6
GPIO Event Enable Register (GPEVEN) .................................................................. 135
6.4.7
GPIO Event Status Register (GPEVST) .................................................................... 135
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
7.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 136
7.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 136
7.3
WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS ......................................................................................... 137
7.3.1
WATCHDOG Timer Register Map ............................................................................. 137
7.3.2
WATCHDOG Timeout Register (WDTO) .................................................................. 137
7.3.3
WATCHDOG Mask Register (WDMSK) .................................................................... 138
7.3.4
WATCHDOG Status Register (WDST) ...................................................................... 139
7.4
COUNTING DOWN IN SECONDS .......................................................................................... 139
7.5
WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTER BITMAP ............................................................................. 139
ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 140
8.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 140
8.2.1
Data Transactions ..................................................................................................... 140
8.2.2
Start and Stop Conditions .......................................................................................... 140
8.2.3
Acknowledge (ACK) Cycle ........................................................................................ 141
8.2.4
Acknowledge after Every Byte Rule .......................................................................... 142
8.2.5
Addressing Transfer Formats .................................................................................... 142
8.2.6
Arbitration on the Bus ................................................................................................ 142
8.2.7
Master Mode .............................................................................................................. 143
8.2.8
Slave Mode ................................................................................................................ 145
8.2.9
Configuration ............................................................................................................. 145
8.3
ACB REGISTERS .................................................................................................................... 146
8.3.1
ACB Register Map ..................................................................................................... 146
8.3.2
ACB Serial Data Register (ACBSDA) ........................................................................ 146
9
www.national.com
Table of Contents
8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
8.4
9.0
10.0
(Continued)
ACB Status Register (ACBST) .................................................................................. 147
ACB Control Status Register (ACBCST) ................................................................... 148
ACB Control Register 1 (ACBCTL1) .......................................................................... 149
ACB Own Address Register (ACBADDR) ................................................................. 150
ACB Control Register 2 (ACBCTL2) .......................................................................... 150
ACB REGISTER BITMAP ........................................................................................................ 151
Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 152
9.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 152
9.2.1
Voltage Measurement, Channels 0 through 10 ......................................................... 153
9.2.2
Power-On Reset Default States ................................................................................ 154
9.2.3
Standby Mode ........................................................................................................... 154
9.3
ANALOG SUPPLY CONNECTION ......................................................................................... 154
9.3.1
Recommendations ..................................................................................................... 154
9.3.2
Reference Voltage ..................................................................................................... 155
9.4
REGISTER BANK OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 155
9.5
VLM REGISTERS .................................................................................................................... 156
9.5.1
VLM Register Map ..................................................................................................... 156
9.5.2
Voltage Event Status Register 0 (VEVSTS0) ............................................................ 157
9.5.3
Voltage Event Status Register 1 (VEVSTS1) ............................................................ 157
9.5.4
Voltage Event to SMI Register 0 (VEVSMI0) ............................................................ 158
9.5.5
Voltage Event to SMI Register 1 (VEVSMI1) ............................................................ 159
9.5.6
Voltage Event to IRQ Register 0 (VEVIRQ0) ............................................................ 160
9.5.7
Voltage Event to IRQ Register 1 (VEVIRQ1) ............................................................ 160
9.5.8
Voltage ID Register (VID) .......................................................................................... 160
9.5.9
Voltage Conversion Rate Register (VCNVR) ............................................................ 162
9.5.10 VLM Configuration Register (VLMCFG) .................................................................... 163
9.5.11 VLM Bank Select Register (VLMBS) ......................................................................... 163
9.5.12 Voltage Channel Configuration and Status Register (VCHCFST) ............................. 164
9.5.13 Read Channel Voltage Register (RDCHV) ................................................................ 165
9.5.14 Channel Voltage High Limit Register (CHVH) ........................................................... 165
9.5.15 Channel Voltage Low Limit Register (CHVL) ............................................................ 165
9.6
VLM REGISTER BITMAP ........................................................................................................ 166
9.6.1
VLM Control and Status Registers ............................................................................ 166
9.6.2
VLM Channel Registers ............................................................................................ 166
9.7
USAGE HINTS ........................................................................................................................ 167
9.7.1
Calculating the Channel Delay .................................................................................. 167
9.7.2
Measuring Out of Range Positive and Negative Voltages ......................................... 168
9.7.3
Obtaining the Specified VLM/TMS Accuracy ............................................................. 168
Temperature Sensor (TMS)
10.1
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 169
10.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 169
10.2.1 Register Bank Overview ............................................................................................ 170
www.national.com
10
Table of Contents
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
10.2.6
10.2.7
11.0
(Continued)
TOS, THIGH and TLOW Limits, OTS and ALERT Output, IRQ and SMI ...................... 170
ALERT Response Read Sequence ........................................................................... 171
Power-On Reset Default States ................................................................................ 171
Temperature Data Format ......................................................................................... 172
Standby Mode ........................................................................................................... 172
Diode Fault Detection ................................................................................................ 172
10.3
TMS REGISTERS ................................................................................................................... 173
10.3.1 TMS Register Map ..................................................................................................... 173
10.3.2 Temperature Event Status Register (TEVSTS) ......................................................... 174
10.3.3 Temperature Event to SMI Register (TEVSMI) ......................................................... 175
10.3.4 Temperature Event to IRQ Register (TEVIRQ) ......................................................... 176
10.3.5 TMS Configuration Register (TMSCFG) .................................................................... 177
10.3.6 TMS Bank Select Register (TMSBS) ......................................................................... 177
10.3.7 Temperature Channel Configuration and Status Register (TCHCFST) .................... 178
10.3.8 Read Channel Temperature Register (RDCHT) ........................................................ 179
10.3.9 Channel Temperature High Limit Register (CHTH) ................................................... 179
10.3.10 Channel Temperature Low Limit Register (CHTL) .................................................... 179
10.3.11 Channel Overtemperature Limit Register (CHOTL) .................................................. 179
10.4
TMS REGISTER BITMAP ....................................................................................................... 180
10.4.1 TMS Control and Status Registers .......................................................................... 180
10.4.2 TMS Channel Registers ........................................................................................... 180
10.5
USAGE HINTS ........................................................................................................................ 181
10.5.1 Remote Diode Selection ............................................................................................ 181
10.5.2 ADC Noise Filtering ................................................................................................... 181
10.5.3 PC Board Layout ....................................................................................................... 181
10.5.4 Twisted Pair and Shielded Cables ............................................................................. 183
10.5.5 Obtaining the Specified VLM/TMS Accuracy ............................................................. 183
Legacy Functional Blocks
11.1
KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC) .................................................................. 184
11.1.1 General Description ................................................................................................... 184
11.1.2 KBC Register Map ..................................................................................................... 184
11.1.3 KBC Bitmap Summary ............................................................................................... 184
11.2
FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) ..................................................................................... 185
11.2.1 General Description ................................................................................................... 185
11.2.2 FDC Register Map ..................................................................................................... 185
11.2.3 FDC Bitmap Summary ............................................................................................... 186
11.3
PARALLEL PORT .................................................................................................................... 187
11.3.1 General Description ................................................................................................... 187
11.3.2 Parallel Port Register Map ......................................................................................... 187
11.3.3 Parallel Port Bitmap Summary .................................................................................. 188
11.4
UART FUNCTIONALITY (SP1 AND SP2) ............................................................................... 190
11.4.1 General Description ................................................................................................... 190
11.4.2 UART Mode Register Bank Overview ....................................................................... 190
11.4.3 SP1 and SP2 Register Maps for UART Functionality ................................................ 191
11
www.national.com
Table of Contents
11.4.4
11.5
12.0
(Continued)
SP1 and SP2 Bitmap Summary for UART Functionality ........................................... 193
IR FUNCTIONALITY (SP2) ..................................................................................................... 195
11.5.1 General Description ................................................................................................... 195
11.5.2 IR Mode Register Bank Overview ............................................................................. 195
11.5.3 SP2 Register Map for IR Functionality ...................................................................... 196
11.5.4 SP2 Bitmap Summary for IR Functionality ................................................................ 197
Device Characteristics
12.1
GENERAL DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................... 199
12.1.1 Recommended Operating Conditions ....................................................................... 199
12.1.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings ....................................................................................... 199
12.1.3 Capacitance .............................................................................................................. 199
12.1.4 Power Consumption under Recommended Operating Conditions ............................ 200
12.2
DC CHARACTERISTICS OF PINS, BY I/O BUFFER TYPES ................................................ 200
12.2.1 Input, CMOS Compatible ........................................................................................... 200
12.2.2 Input, PCI 3.3V .......................................................................................................... 200
12.2.3 Input, SMBus Compatible .......................................................................................... 200
12.2.4 Input, Strap Pin .......................................................................................................... 201
12.2.5 Input, TTL Compatible ............................................................................................... 201
12.2.6 Input, TTL Compatible with Schmitt Trigger .............................................................. 201
12.2.7 Output, PCI 3.3V ....................................................................................................... 202
12.2.8 Output, Totem-Pole Buffer ......................................................................................... 202
12.2.9 Output, Open-Drain Buffer ......................................................................................... 202
12.2.10 Input, Analog ............................................................................................................. 202
12.2.11 Input, Analog ............................................................................................................. 202
12.2.12 Input, Analog ............................................................................................................. 203
12.2.13 Output, Analog ........................................................................................................... 203
12.2.14 Output, Analog ........................................................................................................... 203
12.2.15 Exceptions ................................................................................................................. 203
12.3
INTERNAL RESISTORS ......................................................................................................... 204
12.3.1 Pull-Up Resistor ......................................................................................................... 204
12.3.2 Pull-Down Resistor .................................................................................................... 204
12.4
ANALOG CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................................................... 204
12.4.1 VLM ........................................................................................................................... 204
12.4.2 TMS ........................................................................................................................... 205
12.5
AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................. 206
12.5.1 AC Test Conditions .................................................................................................... 206
12.5.2 Clock Timing .............................................................................................................. 206
12.5.3 LCLK and LRESET .................................................................................................... 207
12.5.4 LPC and SERIRQ Signals ......................................................................................... 208
12.5.5 Serial Port, Sharp-IR, SIR and Consumer Remote Control Timing ........................... 209
12.5.6 Modem Control Timing .............................................................................................. 210
12.5.7 FDC Write Data Timing ............................................................................................. 210
12.5.8 FDC Drive Control Timing ......................................................................................... 211
12.5.9 FDC Read Data Timing ............................................................................................. 211
12.5.10 Standard Parallel Port Timing .................................................................................... 212
www.national.com
12
Table of Contents
(Continued)
12.5.11 Enhanced Parallel Port Timing .................................................................................. 212
12.5.12 Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) Timing .................................................................. 213
12.5.13 Chassis Lock/Unlock Timing ..................................................................................... 214
13
www.national.com
1.0
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
TRK0
WP
RDATA
HDSEL
DSKCHG
GPIE7/IRRX1
GPIE6/IRRX2_IRSL0
GPO15/IRTX
GPIO14/WDO
GPIO13/SDA
GPIO12/SCL
GPIO11/XLOCK
VDD
VSS
D2P
D2N
D1P
D1N
VREF
AVSS
AVSB
AVI6
AVI5
AVI4
AVI3
AVI2
1.1
Signal/Pin Connection and Description
GPIO17/DR1/IRSL3
MTR0
INDEX
DRATE0
DENSEL
SLCT
PE
BUSY_WAIT
ACK
PD7
PD6
PD5
VDD
VSS
PD4
PD3
SLIN_ASTRB
PD2
INIT
PD1
ERR
PD0
38
37
36
35
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
34
33
32
PC87365-xxx/VLA
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
AVI1
SLPS5/AVI0
SLPS3
PWBTIN/GPIS2
PSON/GPOS1
PWBTOUT/GPOS0
PWUREQ
VSB
VBAT
CHASI
GPIOE5/CHASO
GPIOE4/RING/ALARM
GPIOE3/LED2
GPIOE2/OTS2/LED1
GPIOE1/OTS1
GPIOE0
CLKIN
GPIO10/SMI
VDD
VSS
LAD3
LAD2
LAD1
LAD0
LFRAME
LDRQ
SERIRQ
LCLK
LRESET
GA20/GPIO07
KBRST/GPIO06
GPIO05/P17
GPIO04/P12
GPIO03/FANOUT0
GPIO02/FANIN0
GPIO01/FANOUT1
GPIO00/FANIN1
GPIO34/FANOUT2/CHLOCK
DCD2
DSR2
SIN2
RTS2
SOUT2/PSLDC1/PSLDC1
CTS2
DTR2_BOUT2/PSONPOL
RI2
KBCLK
KBDAT
MCLK
MDAT
VDD
VSS
GPIO20/PIRQ3
GPIO21/PIRQ4
GPIO22/PIRQ5
GPIO23/PIRQ6
GPIO24/PIRQ7
GPIO25/PIRQ9
GPIO26/PIRQ10
GPIO27/PIRQ11
GPIO30/PIRQ12
GPIO31/PIRQ14
GPIO32/PIRQ15/P16/IRSL1
GPIO33/FANIN2/CHUNLOCK
AFD_DSTRB
STB_WRITE
DCD1
DSR1
SIN1
RTS1/TEST
SOUT1/PSLDC0
CTS1
DTR1_BOUT1/BADDR
RI1
65
66
67
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
WGATE
WDATA
STEP
DIR
GPIO16/MTR1/IRSL2
DR0
Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC
Order Number PC87365-xxx/VLA
See NS Package Number VLA128A
xxx = Three-character identifier for National data and keyboard ROM and/or customer identification code.
www.national.com
14
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.2
(Continued)
BUFFER TYPES AND SIGNAL/PIN DIRECTORY
Table 2 is an alphabetical list of all signals, cross-referenced to additional information for detailed functional descriptions,
electrical DC characteristics and pin multiplexing. The signal DC characteristics are denoted by a buffer type symbol, described briefly below and in further detail in Section 12.2. The pin multiplexing information refers to two different types of
multiplexing:
●
MUX - Multiplexed, denoted by a slash (/) between pins in the diagram in Section 1.1. Pins are shared between two
different functions. Each function is associated with different board connectivity. Normally, the function selection is determined by the board design and cannot be changed dynamically. The multiplexing options must be configured by
the BIOS upon power-up in order to comply with the board implementation.
●
MM - Multiple Mode, denoted by an underscore (_) between pins in the diagram in Section 1.1. Pins have two or
more modes of operation within the same function. These modes are associated with the same external (board) connectivity. Mode selection may be controlled by the device driver through the registers of the functional block and do
not require a special BIOS setup upon power-up. These pins are not considered multiplexed pins from the SuperI/O
configuration perspective. The mode selection method (registers and bits), as well as the signal specification in each
mode, are described within the functional description of the relevant functional block.
Table 1. Buffer Types
Symbol
Description
INAN#
Input, analog type number
INC
Input, CMOS compatible
INPCI
Input, PCI 3.3V
INSM
Input, SMBus compatible
INSTRP
Input, Strap pin with weak pull-down during strap time
INT
Input, TTL compatible
INTS
Input, TTL compatible with Schmitt Trigger
INULR
Input, with serial UL Resistor
OAN#
Output, analog type number
OPCI
Output, PCI 3.3V
Op/n
Output, push-pull buffer that is capable of sourcing p mA and sinking n mA
ODn
Output, open-drain output buffer that is capable of sinking n mA
PWR
Power pin
GND
Ground pin
Table 2. SIgnal/Pin Directory
Functional Group
Signal
DC Characteristics
Pin(s)
MUX
Name
Section
Buffer Type
Section
ACK
79
Parallel Port
1.4.9
INT
12.2.5
AFD_DSTRB
93
Parallel Port
1.4.9
OD14, O14/14
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MM
ALARM
27
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
OD6
12.2.9
MUX
ASTRB
See SLIN_ASTRB
AVI0
37
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
INAN1
12.2.10
MUX
AVI1-6
38-43
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
INAN1
12.2.10
AVDD
44
Power and Ground
1.4.10
PWR
N/A
AVSS
45
Power and Ground
1.4.10
AGND
N/A
BADDR
101
Strap Configuration
1.4.13
INSTRP
12.2.4
BOUT1
See DTR1_BOUT1
15
MUX
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
Functional Group
Signal
DC Characteristics
Pin(s)
MUX
Name
Section
Buffer Type
Section
BOUT2
See DTR2_BOUT2
BUSY_WAIT
78
Parallel Port
1.4.9
INT
12.2.5
CHASI
29
Protection
1.4.11
INC
12.2.1
CHASO
28
Protection
1.4.11
OD6
12.2.9
MUX
CHLOCK
1
Protection
1.4.11
O12/12
12.2.9
MUX
CHUNLOCK
128
Protection
1.4.11
O12/12
12.2.9
MUX
CLKIN
22
Clock
1.4.3
INT
12.2.5
CTS1
100
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
CTS2
108
Serial Port 2
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
DCD1
95
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
DCD2
103
Serial Port 2
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
DENSEL
75
FDC
1.4.5
O2/12
12.2.8
DIR
68
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
D1N
D2N
47
49
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
INAN3
12.2.12
D1P
D2P
48
50
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
INAN2
12.2.11
DR0
70
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MM
DR1
71
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
DRATE0
74
FDC
1.4.5
O3/6
12.2.8
DSKCHG
60
FDC
1.4.5
INT
12.2.5
DSR1
96
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
DSR2
104
Serial Port 2
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
DSTRB
See AFD_DSTRB
DTR1_BOUT1
101
1.4.12
O3/6
12.2.8
MUX, MM
1.4.12
O3/6
12.2.8
MUX, MM
1.4.9
INT
12.2.5
1.4.4
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
1.4.4
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
12.2.6
MUX
DTR2_BOUT2
ERR
FANIN0
FANIN1
109
91
4
2
Serial Port 1
Serial Port 2
Parallel Port
Fan Speed
Fan Speed
MUX
FANIN2
128
Fan Speed
1.4.4
INTS
FANOUT0
5
Fan Speed
1.4.4
O2/14
12.2.8
MUX
FANOUT1
3
Fan Speed
1.4.4
O2/14
12.2.8
MUX
FANOUT2
1
Fan Speed
1.4.4
O2/14
12.2.8
MUX
GA20 (P21)
9
KBC
1.4.8
INT, OD2
12.2.5, 12.2.9
MUX
GPIE6-7
58-59
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
GPIO00-07
2-9
GPIO Port
1.4.6
INTS, OD6, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
GPIO10
GPIO11-14
GPO15
GPIO16-17
21
53-56
57
69, 71
GPIO Port
1.4.6
INTS, OD6, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
GPIO20-27
117-124
GPIO Port
1.4.6
INTS, OD6, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
www.national.com
16
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
Functional Group
Signal
DC Characteristics
Pin(s)
MUX
Name
Section
Buffer Type
Section
GPIO30-33
GPIO34
125-128
1
GPIO Port
1.4.6
INTS, OD6, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
GPIOE0-1
23-24
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS, OD6, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
GPIOE2-5
25-28
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS, OD6, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
GPIS2
35
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
1.4.15
OD6, O3/6
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
1.4.5
INT
12.2.5
12.2.9, 12.2.8
GPOS0-1
HDSEL
INDEX
33-34
61
73
System Wake-Up
FDC
FDC
MUX
INIT
89
Parallel Port
1.4.9
OD14, O14/14
IRRX1
59
Infrared
1.4.7
INTS
12.2.6
IRRX2_IRSL0
58
Infrared
1.4.7
INTS, O3/6
12.2.6, 12.2.8
MUX, MM
IRSL1
127
Infrared
1.4.7
INT, O3/6
12.2.5, 12.2.8
MUX
IRSL2
69
Infrared
1.4.7
INT, O3/6
12.2.5, 12.2.8
MUX
IRSL3
71
Infrared
1.4.7
INT
12.2.5
MUX
IRTX
57
Infrared
1.4.7
O6/12
12.2.8
MUX
KBCLK
111
KBC
1.4.8
INTS, OD14
12.2.6, 12.2.9
KBDAT
112
KBC
1.4.8
INTS, OD14
12.2.6, 12.2.9
KBRST (P20)
8
KBC
1.4.8
INTS, OD2
12.2.6, 12.2.9
LAD0-3
15-18
Bus Interface
1.4.2
INPCI, OPCI
12.2.2, 12.2.7
LED1, LED2
25, 26
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
O12/12
12.2.8
LCLK
11
Bus Interface
1.4.2
INPCI
12.2.2
LDRQ
13
Bus Interface
1.4.2
OPCI
12.2.7
LFRAME
14
Bus Interface
1.4.2
INPCI
12.2.2
LRESET
10
Bus Interface
1.4.2
INPCI
12.2.2
MCLK
113
KBC
1.4.8
INTS, OD14
12.2.6, 12.2.9
MDAT
114
KBC
1.4.8
INTS, OD14
12.2.6, 12.2.9
MTR0
72
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MTR1
69
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
OTS1
OTS2
24
25
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
OD6
12.2.9
MUX
P12, P16, P17
6,127, 7
KBC
1.4.8
INT, OD2
12.2.5, 12.2.9
MUX
PD7-5
PD4-3,
PD2, PD1
PD0
80-82
85-86
88, 90
92
Parallel Port
1.4.9
INT, O14/14
12.2.5, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
PE
77
Parallel Port
1.4.9
INT
12.2.5
PIRQ3-7
PIRQ9-12
PIRQ14-15
117-121
122-125
126-127
Bus Interface
1.4.2
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
PSLDC0
99
Strap Configuration
1.4.13
INSTRP
12.2.4
MUX
PSLDC1
107
Strap Configuration
1.4.13
INSTRP
12.2.4
MUX
PSON
34
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
OD12, O4/4
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
17
MUX
MUX
MUX
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
Functional Group
Signal
DC Characteristics
Pin(s)
MUX
Name
Section
Buffer Type
Section
PSONPOL
109
Strap Configuration
1.4.13
INSTRP
12.2.4
MUX
PWBTIN
35
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
PWBTOUT
33
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
OD12
12.2.9
MUX
PWUREQ
32
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
OD6
12.2.9
RDATA
62
FDC
1.4.5
INT
12.2.5
RI1
102
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
12.2.6
MUX
MUX
RI2
110
Serial Port 2
RING
27
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS
RTS1
98
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
O3/6
12.2.8
RTS2
106
Serial Port 2
1.4.12
O3/6
12.2.8
SCL
54
ACB
1.4.1
INT, OD6, O3/6
12.2.5, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
SDA
55
ACB
1.4.1
INT, OD6, O3/6
12.2.5, 12.2.9, 12.2.8
MUX
SERIRQ
12
Bus Interface
1.4.2
INPCI, OPCI
12.2.2, 12.2.7
SIN1
97
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
SIN2
105
Serial Port 2
1.4.12
INTS
12.2.6
SLCT
76
Parallel Port
1.4.9
INT
12.2.5
SLIN_ASTRB
87
Parallel Port
1.4.9
OD14, O14/14
12.2.9, 12.2.8
SLPS3,5
36,37
System Wake-Up
1.4.15
INTS
12.2.6
MUX
(SLPS3)
SMI
21
Bus Interface
1.4.2
OD12
12.2.9
MUX
SOUT1
99
Serial Port 1
1.4.12
O3/6
12.2.8
MUX
SOUT2
107
Serial Port 2
1.4.12
O3/6
12.2.8
MUX
STEP
67
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
STB_WRITE
94
Parallel Port
1.4.9
OD14, O14/14
12.2.9, 12.2.8
MM
TEST
98
Strap Configuration
1.4.13
INSTRP
12.2.4
MUX
TRK0
64
FDC
1.4.5
INT
12.2.5
VBAT
30
Power and Ground
1.4.10
INULR
N/A
VDD
20, 52, 83, 115 Power and Ground
1.4.10
PWR
N/A
VREF
46
Hardware Monitoring 1.4.14
INAN2, OAN1
12.2.11, 12.2.13
VSB
31
Power and Ground
1.4.10
PWR
N/A
VSS
19, 51, 84, 116 Power and Ground
1.4.10
GND
N/A
WAIT
See BUSY_WAIT
WDATA
66
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
WDO
56
WATCHDOG
1.4.16
OD6, O3/6
12.2.9, 12.2.8
WGATE
65
FDC
1.4.5
OD12, O2/12
12.2.9, 12.2.8
WP
63
FDC
1.4.5
INT
12.2.5
WRITE
See STB_WRITE
XLOCK
53
1.4.11
INT
12.2.5
www.national.com
Protection
18
MM
MUX
MUX
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.3
(Continued)
PIN MULTIPLEXING
The multiplexing options and the associated setup configuration for all pins are described in Table 3. A multiplexing option
can be chosen on one pin only per group.
Table 3. Pin Multiplexing Configuration
Default
Alternate
Pin(s)
Signal
I/O
Configuration
Signal
I/O
Configuration
FANOUT2
O
SIOCF2, Bits 1-0 = 01
CHLOCK
O
SIOCF2, Bits 1-0 = 10
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 2 = 0
FANIN1
I
SIOCF2, Bit 2 = 1
GPIO01
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 3 = 0
FANOUT1
O
SIOCF2, Bit 3 = 1
4
GPIO02
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 4 = 0
FANIN0
I
SIOCF2, Bit 4 = 1
5
GPIO03
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 5 = 0
FANOUT0
O
SIOCF2, Bit 5 = 1
6
GPIO04
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 6 = 0
P12
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 6 = 1
7
GPIO05
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 7 = 0
P17
I/O SIOCF2, Bit 7 = 1
8
KBRST (P20)
SIOCF3, Bit 0 = 1
GPIO06
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 0 = 0
9
GA20 (P21)
SIOCF3, Bit 1 = 1
GPIO07
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 1 = 0
21
GPIO10
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 2 = 0
SMI
O
SIOCF3, Bit 2 = 1
24
GPIOE1
I/O SIOCFA, Bit 0 = 0
OTS1
O
SIOCFA, Bit 0 = 1
25
GPIOE2
I/O
LED1
O
SIOCFA, Bits 2-1 = 01
OTS2
O
SIOCFA, Bits 2-1 = 10
26
GPIOE3
I/O SIOCFA, Bit 3 = 01
LED2
O
SIOCFA, Bit 3 =1
27
GPIOE4
I/O SIOCFA, Bits 5-4 = 00
RING
I
SIOCFA, Bits 5-4 = 01
ALARM
O
SIOCFA, Bits 5-4 = 10
28
GPIOE5
I/O SIOCFA, Bit 6 = 0
CHASO
O
SIOCFA, Bit 6 =1
33-35,
37
PWBTOUT
PSON
PWBTIN
SLPS5
O
O
I
I
GPOS0
GPOS1
GPIS2
AVI0
0
0
I
I
SIOCFA, Bit 7 = 11
53
GPIO11
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 4 = 0
XLOCK
I
SIOCF3, Bit 4 = 1
54
GPIO12
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 5 = 0
SCL
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 5 = 1
55
GPIO13
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 5 = 0
SDA
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 5 = 1
56
GPIO14
I/O SIOCF3, Bit 6 = 0
WDO
O
SIOCF3, Bit 6 = 1
57
GPO15
O
SIOCF3, Bit 7 = 0
IRTX
O
SIOCF3, Bit 7 = 1
58
GPIE6
I
SIOCFB, Bit 0 = 0
IRRX2_IRSL0
I/O SIOCFB, Bit 0 = 1
59
GPIE7
I
SIOCFB, Bit 1 = 0
IRRX1
I
SIOCFB, Bit 1 = 1
69
GPIO16
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 1-0 = 00
MTR1
O
SIOCF4, Bits 1-0 = 01
IRSL2
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 1-0 = 10
71
GPIO17
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 3-2 = 00
DR1
O
SIOCF4, Bits 3-2 = 01
IRSL3
I
SIOCF4, Bits 3-2 = 10
117
GPIO20
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ3
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
118
GPIO21
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ4
i
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
119
GPIO22
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ5
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
120
GPIO23
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ6
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
1
GPIO34
I/O SIOCF2, Bits 1-0 = 00
2
GPIO00
3
SIOCFA, Bits 2-1 = 001
SIOCFA, Bit 7 = 01
19
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
Default
Alternate
Pin(s)
Signal
I/O
Configuration
Signal
I/O
Configuration
121
GPIO24
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ7
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
122
GPIO25
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ9
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
123
GPIO26
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ10
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
124
GPIO27
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 4,P2 = 00
PIRQ11
I
SIOCF4, Bits 4,P = X1
125
GPIO30
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 5,P = 00
PIRQ12
I
SIOCF4, Bits 5,P = X1
126
GPIO31
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 5,P2 = 00
PIRQ14
I
SIOCF4, Bits 5,P = X1
127
128
GPIO32
GPIO33
2
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 7,6,P2 = 000
I/O SIOCF5, Bits 1-0=0
P16
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 7,6,P2 = 010
IRSL1
I/O SIOCF4, Bits 7,6,P2 = 100
PIRQ15
I
SIOCF4, Bits 7,6,P2 = XX1
FANIN2
I
SIOCF5, Bits 1-0 = 10
CHUNLOCK
O
SIOCF5, Bits 1-0 = 11
1. The signal selected on each pin is determined during VSB power-up by the PSLDC0,1 straps.
2. P = SIOCF1, Bit 6 (Pins 117-127 Select PIRQ); see page 45.
www.national.com
20
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.4
(Continued)
DETAILED SIGNAL/PIN DESCRIPTIONS
This section describes all signals. Signals are organized in functional groups.
1.4.1
ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
Signal
Pin(s)
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
SCL
54
I/O
INSM/OD6
VDD
ACCESS.bus Clock Signal. An internal pull-up is optional,
depending upon the ACCESS.bus configuration register.
SDA
55
I/O
INSM/OD6
VDD
ACCESS.bus Data Signal. An internal pull-up is optional,
depending upon the ACCESS.bus configuration register.
1.4.2
Bus Interface
Signal
Pin(s)
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
I/O
INPCI/OPCI
VDD
LPC Address-Data. Multiplexed command, address bidirectional data and cycle status.
11
I
INPCI
VDD
LPC Clock. Practically, the PCI clock (up to 33 MHz).
LDRQ
13
O
OPCI
VDD
LPC DMA Request. Encoded DMA request for LPC I/F.
LFRAME
14
I
INPCI
VDD
LPC Frame. Low pulse indicates the beginning of new LPC
cycle or termination of a broken cycle.
LRESET
10
I
INPCI
VDD
LPC Reset. Practically, the PCI system reset.
I
INTS
VDD
Parallel Interrupt. Converts Parallel Port interrupts into Serial
Interrupts by means of the Interrupt Serializer.
LAD0-3
15-18
LCLK
PIRQ3-7
117-121
PIRQ9-12 122-125
PIRQ14-15 126-127
SERIRQ
12
I/O
INPCI/OPCI
VDD
Serial IRQ. The interrupt requests are serialized over a single
pin, where each internal IRQ signal is delivered during a
designated time slot.
SMI
21
OD
OD12
VDD
System Management Interrupt.
1.4.3
Clock
Signal
CLKIN
1.4.4
Pin(s)
22
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
I
INT
VDD
Description
Clock In. 48 MHz clock input.
Fan Speed Control and Monitor (FSCM)
Signal
Pin(s)
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
FANIN0
FANIN1
FANIN2
4
2
128
I
INTS
VDD
Fan Inputs. Used to feed the fan’s tachometer pulse to the Fan
Speed Monitor. The rising edge indicates the completion of a half
(or full) revolution of the fan.
FANOUT0
FANOUT1
FANOUT2
5
3
1
O
O2/14
VDD
Fan Outputs. Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signals, used to
control the speed of cooling fans by controlling the voltage
supplied to the fan’s motor.
21
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.4.5
(Continued)
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)
Signal
Pin(s)
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
DENSEL
75
O
O2/12
VDD
Density Select. Indicates that a high FDC density data rate (500
Kbps or 1 Mbps) or a low density data rate (250 or 300 Kbps) is
selected.
DENSEL polarity is controlled by bit 5 of the FDC Configuration
Register.
DIR
68
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Direction. Determines the direction of the Floppy Disk Drive
(FDD) head movement (active = step in, inactive = step out)
during a seek operation. During reads or writes, DIR is inactive.
DR0
70
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Drive Select 0. Decoded drive select output signal. DR0 is
controlled by bit 0 of the Digital Output Register (DOR).
DR1
71
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Drive Select 1. Decoded drive select output signal. DR0 is
controlled by bit 1 of the Digital Output Register (DOR).
DRATE0
74
O
O3/6
VDD
Data Rate 0. Reflects the value of bit 0 of the Configuration Control
Register (CCR) or the Data Rate Select Register (DSR), whichever
was written to last. Output from the pin is push-pull buffered.
DSKCHG
60
I
INT
VDD
Disk Change. Indicates if the drive door has been opened. The
state of this pin is stored in the Digital Input Register (DIR). This pin
can also be configured as the RGATE data separator diagnostic input
signal via the MODE command.
HDSEL
61
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Head Select. Determines which side of the FDD is accessed.
Active low selects side 1, inactive selects side 0.
INDEX
73
I
INT
VDD
Index. Indicates the beginning of an FDD track.
MTR0
72
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Motor Select 0. Active low, motor enable line for drives 0, controlled
by bits D7-4 of the Digital Output Register (DOR).
MTR1
69
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Motor Select 1. Active low, motor enable lines for drives 1,
controlled by bits D7-4 of the Digital Output Register (DOR).
RDATA
62
I
INT
VDD
Read Data. Raw serial input data stream read from the FDD.
STEP
67
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Step. Issues pulses to the disk drive at a software programmable
rate to move the head during a seek operation.
TRK0
64
I
INT
VDD
Track 0. Indicates to the controller that the head of the selected
floppy disk drive is at track 0.
WDATA
66
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Write Data. Carries out the pre-compensated serial data that is
written to the floppy disk drive. Pre-compensation is software
selectable.
WGATE
65
O
OD12, O2/12
VDD
Write Gate. Enables the write circuitry of the selected disk drive.
WGATE is designed to prevent glitches during power up and
power down. This prevents writing to the disk when power is
cycled.
VDD
Write Protected. Indicates that the disk in the selected drive is
write protected. A software programmable configuration bit (FDC
configuration at Index F0h, Logical Device 0) can force an active
write-protect indication to the FDC, regardless of the status of this
pin.
WP
www.national.com
63
I
INT
22
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.4.6
(Continued)
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports
Signal
Pin/s
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
GPIO00-07 2-9
I/O
INTS/
OD6, O3/6
VDD
General-Purpose I/O Port 0, bits 0-7. Each pin is configured independently as input or I/O, with or without static pull-up and with
either open-drain or push-pull output type. The port support interrupt assertion and each pin can be enabled or masked as an interrupt source.
GPIO10
GPIO11-14
GPO15
GPIO16-17
I/O
INTS/
OD6, O3/6
VDD
General-Purpose I/O Port 1, bits 0-7. Same as Port 0. Bit 5 is
output only with low output as default.
GPIO20-27 117-124 I/O
INTS/
OD6, O3/6
VDD
General-Purpose I/O Port 2, bits 0-7. Similar to port 0 but
without the interrupt assertion capability.
INTS/
OD6, O3/6
VDD
General-Purpose I/O Port 3, bits 0-4. Similar to port 0 but
without the interrupt assertion capability.Bits 5, 6 and 7 are not
implemented.
21
53-56
57
69, 71
GPIO30-33 125-128
GPIO34
1
I/O
1.4.7
Infrared (IR)
Signal
Pin/s
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
I
INTS
IRRX2_IRSL0 58
I/O
INTS/O3/6
IRSL1
127
I/O
INT/O3/6
IRSL2
69
I/O
INT/O3/6
IRSL3
71
I
INT
IRTX
57
O
O6/12
IRRX1
59
Description
IR Receive 1. Primary input to receive serial data from the IR
VDD, VSB transceiver. Monitored during power-off for wake-up event
detection.
VDD, VSB IRRX2 - IR Receive 2. Auxiliary IR receiver input to support a
second transceiver. Monitored during power-off for wake-up event
VDD
detection.
VDD
IRSL3-0 IR Select. Output are used to control the IR transceivers.
Input for PnP identification of plug-in IR transceiver (dongle).
After reset, the dual-function IRSLX pins wake up in input mode.
VDD
After the ID is read by the IR driver, they may be put into output
mode. The output mode is controlled by Serial Port 2.
VDD
IR Transmit. IR serial output data.
23
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.4.8
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)
Signal
GA20
Pin/s
9
KBCLK
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
INT/OD2
I/O
111
I/O
Keyboard Data. Transfers the keyboard data between the SuperI/O
chip and the external keyboard using the PS/2 protocol.
This pin is driven by the internal, inverted KBC P27 signal and is
VDD, VSB connected internally to KBC P10. External pull-up resistor to 5V is
required (for PS/2 compliance). The pin is monitored for wake-up
event detection. To enable the activity during power off, it must be
pulled up to Keyboard and Mouse standby voltage.
I/O
INTS/OD14
KBRST
8
I/O
INT/OD2
113
I/O
Gate A20. KBC gate A20 (P21) output.
INTS/OD14
112
MCLK
VDD
Description
Keyboard Clock. Transfers the keyboard clock between the
SuperI/O chip and the external keyboard using the PS/2 protocol.
This pin is driven by the internal, inverted KBC P26 signal and is
VDD, VSB connected internally to the T0 signal of the KBC. External pull-up
resistor to 5V is required (for PS/2 compliance). The pin is
monitored for wake-up event detection. To enable the activity
during power off, it must be pulled up to Keyboard and Mouse
standby voltage.
KBDAT
VDD
KBD Reset. Keyboard Reset (P20) output.
INTS/OD14
Mouse Clock. Transfers the mouse clock between the SuperI/O
chip and the external keyboard using the PS/2 protocol.
This pin is driven by the internal, inverted KBC P23 signal and is
VDD, VSB connected internally to KBC T1. External pull-up resistor to 5V is
required (for PS/2 compliance). The pin is monitored for wake-up
event detection. To enable the activity during power off, it must be
pulled up to Keyboard and Mouse standby voltage.
Mouse Data. Transfers the mouse data between the SuperI/O
chip and the external keyboard using the PS/2 protocol.
This pin is driven by the internal, inverted KBC P22 signal and is
VDD, VSB connected internally to KBC P11. External pull-up resistor to 5V is
required (for PS/2 compliance). The pin is monitored for wake-up
event detection. To enable the activity during power off, it must be
pulled up to Keyboard and Mouse standby voltage.
MDAT
114
I/O
INTS/OD14
P12, P16,
P17
6,127,
7
I/O
INT/OD2
1.4.9
(Continued)
VDD
I/O Port. KBC open-drain signal for general-purpose input and
output, controlled by KBC firmware.
Parallel Port
Signal
ACK
Pin/s
79
AFD_DSTRB 93
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
I
O
INT
OD14, O14/14
Description
VDD
Acknowledge. Pulsed low by the printer to indicate that it has
received data from the Parallel Port.
VDD
AFD - Automatic Feed. When low, instructs the printer to
automatically feed a line after printing each line. This pin is in
TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding control
register bit. An external 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistor should be
attached to this pin.
DSTRB - Data Strobe (EPP). Active low, used in EPP mode
to denote a data cycle. When the cycle is aborted, DSTRB
becomes inactive (high).
BUSY_WAIT 78
I
INT
VDD
Busy. Set high by the printer when it cannot accept another
character.
Wait. In EPP mode, the Parallel Port device uses this active
low signal to extend its access cycle.
ERR
I
INT
VDD
Error. Set active low by the printer when it detects an error.
www.national.com
91
24
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
Signal
Pin/s
(Continued)
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
INIT
89
O
OD14, O14/14
VDD
Initialize. When low, initializes the printer. This signal is in
TRI-STATE after a 1 is loaded into the corresponding control
register bit. Use an external 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistor.
PD7-5
PD4-3,
PD2, PD1
PD0
80-82
85-86
88, 90
92
I/O
INT, O14/14
VDD
Parallel Port Data. Transfer data to and from the peripheral
data bus and the appropriate Parallel Port data register. These
signals have a high current drive capability.
PE
77
I
INT
VDD
Paper End. Set high by the printer when it is out of paper. This
pin has an internal weak pull-up or pull-down resistor.
SLCT
76
I
INT
VDD
Select. Set active high by the printer when the printer is
selected.
VDD
SLIN - Select Input. When low, selects the printer. This signal
is in TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding
control register bit. Uses an external 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistor.
ASTRB - Address Strobe (EPP). Active low, used in EPP
mode to denote an address or data cycle. When the cycle is
aborted, ASTRB becomes inactive (high).
VDD
STB - Data Strobe. When low, Indicates to the printer that
valid data is available at the printer port. This signal is in TRISTATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding control
register bit. An external 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistor should be
employed.
WRITE - Write Strobe. Active low, used in EPP mode to
denote an address or data cycle. When the cycle is aborted,
WRITE becomes inactive (high).
SLIN_ASTRB 87
STB_WRITE 94
O
O
OD14, O14/14
OD14, O14/14
1.4.10 Power and Ground
Signal
Pin/s
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
AVSS
45
I
AGND
-
Analog Ground.
AVDD
44
I
PWR
-
Analog 3.3V Power Supply Provides power to the analog
circuits.
VBAT
30
I
INULR
-
Battery Power Supply. Provides battery back-up to the System
Wake-Up Control registers when VSB is lost (power-fail). The
pin is connected to the internal logic through a series resistor
for UL protection.
VDD
20, 52,
83, 115
I
PWR
-
Main 3.3V Power Supply.
VSB
31
I
PWR
-
Standby 3.3V Power Supply. Provides power to the Wake-Up
Control circuitry while the main power supply is turned off.
VSS
19, 51,
84, 116
I
GND
-
Ground.
25
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
1.4.11 Protection
Signal
Pin(s)
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
CHASI
29
I
INC
VPP
Chassis Intrusion Input. Any change of this pin sets the
intrusion detection. For correct operation, this pin must be tied to
VSS when it is not used.
CHASO
28
O
OD6
VSB
Chassis Intrusion Output. When low, indicates that an intrusion
indication is set.
CHLOCK
1
O
O12/12
VDD
Chassis Hood Lock. When low, locks the chassis hood solenoid.
CHUNLOCK 128
O
O12/12
VDD
Chassis Hood Unlock. When low, unlocks the chassis hood
solenoid.
XLOCK
I
INT
VDD
Access Lock. When low, this pin blocks read/write from/to the
SuperI/O Configuration 6 (SIOCF6) register to prevent accidental
access.
53
1.4.12 Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2
Signal
Pin/s
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
CTS1
CTS2
100
108
I
INTS
VDD
Clear to Send. When low, indicates that the modem or other data
transfer device is ready to exchange data.
DCD1
DCD2
95
103
I
INTS
VDD
Data Carrier Detected. When low, indicates that the modem or
other data transfer device has detected the data carrier.
DSR1
DSR2
96
104
I
INTS
VDD
Data Set Ready. When low, indicates that the data transfer device,
e.g., modem, is ready to establish a communications link.
VDD
Data Terminal Ready. When low, indicates to the modem or other
data transfer device that the UART is ready to establish a
communications link. After a system reset, these pins provide the
DTR function and set these signals to inactive high. Loopback
operation holds them inactive.
Baud Output. Provides the associated serial channel baud rate
generator output signal if test mode is selected, i.e., bit 7 of the
EXCR1 Register is set.
DTR1_BOUT1 is used also as BADDR.
DTR1_
BOUT1
101
DTR2_
BOUT2
109
RI1
RI2
102
110
O
O3/6
I
INTS
Ring Indicator. When low, indicates that a telephone ring signal
VDD, VSB has been received by the modem. They are monitored during
power-off for wake-up event detection.
RTS1
RTS2
98
106
O
O3/6
VDD
Request to Send. When low, indicates to the modem or other
data transfer device that the corresponding UART is ready to
exchange data. A system reset sets these signals to inactive high,
and loopback operation holds them inactive.
RTS1 is used also as TEST.
SIN1
SIN2
97
105
I
INTS
VDD
Serial Input. Receive composite serial data from the
communications link (peripheral device, modem or other data
transfer device).
SOUT1
SOUT2
99
107
O
O3/6
VDD
Serial Output. Send composite serial data to the communications
link (peripheral device, modem or other data transfer device).
These signals are set active high after a system reset.
www.national.com
26
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
1.4.13 Strap Configuration
Signal
BADDR
PSLDC0
PSLDC1
PSONPOL
TEST
Pin/s
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
101
I
99
107
I
109
I
98
I
Description
VDD
Base Address. Sampled by the trailing edge of the system reset
to determine the base address of the configuration Index-Data
register pair. During reset, it is pulled down by internal 30 KΩ
resistor.
If no pull-up resistor is connected, it is sampled low, setting the
Index-Data pair at 2Eh-2Fh.
Connecting a 10 KΩ external pull-up resistor to VDD would make
it sample high, setting the Index-Data pair at 4Eh-4Fh.
INSTRP
VSB1
Power Supply and LED Configuration. If no pull-up resistor is
connected to these pins, pins 33-35 and 37 function as
PWBTOUT, PSON, PWBTIN and SLPS5,respectively. Connecting
a 10K external pull-up resistor to VSB causes these pins to
function as GPOS0, GPOS1 and GPIS2 and AVI0, respectively.
INSTRP
VSB1
Power Supply On Polarity. If no pull-up resistor is connected to
this pin, PSON is set active low with open-drain output.
Connecting a 10K external pull-up resistor to VSB causes PSON
to be set to active high with push-pull output.
VDD
Test. If sampled high on the trailing edge of system reset, this
signal forces the device into test mode. This pin is for National
Semiconductor use only and should be left unconnected.
To put the chip in Test mode, connect an external pull-up to this
pin. Otherwise, leave it unconnected or connected to the UART
transceiver.
INSTRP
INSTRP
1. Make sure that the Serial Port driver is back-drive protected.
1.4.14 System Hardware Monitoring
Signal
Pin(s)
I/O
Buffer Type Power Well
Description
ALARM
27
O
OD6
VSB
AVI0-6
37-43
I
INAN1
AVDD
Analog Voltage Inputs. Analog inputs of the A/D converter.
D1N
D2N
47
49
I
INAN3
AVDD
Diode Cathode. Diodes 1 and 2 return current sink. Must be
grounded when not used.
D1P
D2P
48
50
O
OAN2
AVDD
Diode Anode. Diodes 1 and 2 current source. Connected to
remote discrete diodes.
OTS1
OTS2
24
25
O
OD6
VSB
Overtemperature Shutdown. Indicates that an overtemperature
was detected. See Section 2.9.10, the SuperI/O Configuration A
register, bit 0, for further details on which pin/s is/are active for
remote and local temperature sensing.
VREF
46
I/O
INAN2, OAN1
AVDD
Reference Voltage. Provides reference voltage for the on-chip
A/D circuits. An external reference voltage should be connected to
this input.
Alarm. Alerts on voltage input mismatch.
27
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
(Continued)
1.4.15 System Wake-Up Control
Signal
Pin/s
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
Description
LED1
LED2
25
26
O
O12/12
VSB
LED. VSB-powered pins with programmable outputs, each of
which can be used to produce a 0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 4 Hz waveform for
LED control.
GPIE6-7
58-59
I
INTS
VSB
General-Purpose Input Event.
GPIOE0-5
23-28
I/O
INTS/
OD6, O3/6
VSB
General-Purpose I/O Event. VSB-powered pins.
GPIS2
35
I
INTS
VSB
General-Purpose Input Standby. VSB-powered pin.
GPOS0-1
33-34
O
OD6, O3/6
VSB
General-Purpose Output Standby. VSB-powered pins.
PSON
34
O
O4, OD12
VSB
Power Supply On. Active level (low or high via PSONPOL strap)
instructs the main power supply to turn the power on. PSON
output signal is open-drain when active low and push-pull when
active high.
PWBTIN
35
I
INTS
VSB
Power Button In. Active (low) level indicates a user request to
turn the power on or off. This pin has an internal Schmitt-trigger
input buffer and debounce protection of at least 16 ms.
PWBTOUT 33
O
OD12
VSB
Power Button Out. Active (low) level serves as output to the
chipset power button input.
VSB
Power-Up Request. Active (low) level indicates that wake-up
event has occurred and causes the chipset to turn the power
supply on or to exit its current sleep state. The open-drain output
must be pulled up to VSB in order to function during power-off.
PWUREQ
32
O
OD6
RING
27
I
INTS
VSB
Telephone Line Ring. Detection of a pulse train on the RING pin
is a wake-up event that can activate the power-up request
(PWUREQ). The pin has a Schmitt-trigger input buffer, powered
by VSB.
SLPS3
36
I
INTS
VSB
Sleep State 3, 4 or 5. Input from this pin is assumed to be driven
by the system’s ACPI controller to indicate the system’s power
state.
SLPS5
37
I
INTS
VSB
Sleep State 4 or 5. Input from this pin is assumed to be driven by
the system’s ACPI controller to indicate the system’s power state.
1.4.16 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
Signal
WDO
www.national.com
Pin/s
56
I/O Buffer Type Power Well
O
OD6, O3/6
VDD
Description
WATCHDOG Out. Low level indicates that the WATCHDOG Timer
has reached its time-out period without being retriggered.
The output type and an optional pull-up are configurable.
28
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
1.5
(Continued)
INTERNAL PULL-UP AND PULL-DOWN RESISTORS
The signals listed in Table 4 can optionally support internal pull-up (PU) and/or pull-down (PD) resistors. See Section 12.3
for the values of each resistor type.
Table 4. Internal Pull-Up and Pull-Down Resistors
Signal
Pin/s
Type
Comments
ACCESS.bus (ACB)
SCL
SDA
54
PU28
Programmable
55
PU28
Programmable
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports
GPIO00-07
2-9
PU28
GPIO10
GPIO11-14
GPO15
GPIO16-17
21
53-56
57
69, 71
PU28
GPIO20-27
117-124
PU28
Programmable
GPIO30-33
GPIO34
125-128
1
PU28
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)
P12, P16, P17
6,127,7
PU28
Strap Configuration
BADDR
101
PD60
Strap
PSLDC0
99
PD60
Strap
PSLDC1
107
PD60
Strap
PSONPOL
109
PD60
Strap
TEST
98
PD60
Strap
Parallel Port
ACK
79
PU220
AFD_DSTRB
93
PU400
BUSY_WAIT
78
PD120
ERR
91
PU220
INIT
89
PU400
PE
77
SLCT
76
PD120
SLIN_ASTRB
87
PU400
STB_WRITE
94
PU400
PU220/
PD120
29
Programmable
www.national.com
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description
Signal
Pin/s
(Continued)
Type
Comments
System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
GPIOE0-5
23-28
PU28
GPIS2
35
PU220
PSON/GPOS1
34
PU28
PWBTIN
35
PU220
PWBTOUT
33
PU28
RING
27
PU28
Programmable
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
WDO
www.national.com
56
PU28
30
Programmable
2.0
Device Architecture and Configuration
The PC87365 SuperI/O device comprises a collection of generic and proprietary functional blocks. Each functional block is
described in a separate chapter in this document. However, some parameters in the implementation of each functional block
may vary per SuperI/O device. This chapter describes the PC87365 structure and provides all logical device specific information, including special implementation of generic blocks, system interface and device configuration.
2.1
OVERVIEW
The PC87365 consists of 13 logical devices, the host interface and a central set of configuration registers, all built around a
central internal bus. The internal bus is similar to an 8-bit ISA bus protocol. See Figure 1, which illustrates the blocks and
related logic.
The system interface serves as a bridge between the external LPC Interface and the internal bus. It supports 8-bit I/O Read,
8-bit I/O Write and 8-bit DMA transactions, as defined in Intel’s LPC Interface Specification, Revision 1.0.
The central configuration register set supports ACPI-compliant PnP configuration. The configuration registers are structured as
a subset of the Plug and Play Standard registers, defined in Appendix A of the Plug and Play ISA Specification, Revision 1.0a
by Intel and Microsoft. All system resources assigned to the functional blocks (I/O address space, DMA channels and IRQ lines)
are configured in, and managed by, the central configuration register set. In addition, some function-specific parameters are
configurable through the configuration registers and distributed to the functional blocks through special control signals.
2.2
CONFIGURATION STRUCTURE AND ACCESS
The configuration structure is comprised of a set of banked registers that are accessed via a pair of specialized registers.
2.2.1
The Index-Data Register Pair
Access to the SuperI/O configuration registers is via an Index-Data register pair, using only two system I/O byte locations.
The base address of this register pair is determined during reset, according to the state of the hardware strapping option on
the BADDR pin. Table 5 shows the selected base addresses as a function of BADDR.
Table 5. BADDR Strapping Options
I/O Address
BADDR
Index Register
Data Register
0
2Eh
2Fh
1
4Eh
4Fh
The Index register is an 8-bit R/W register located at the selected base address (Base+0). It is used as a pointer to the configuration register file and holds the index of the configuration register that is currently accessible via the Data register. Reading the Index register returns the last value written to it (or the default of 00h after reset).
The Data register is an 8-bit virtual register, used as a data path to any configuration register. Accessing the Data register
actually accesses the configuration register that is currently pointed to by the Index register.
31
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
FANIN0-2
FANOUT0-2
SLCT
PE
BUSY_WAIT
ACK
SLIN_ASTRB
INIT
PD0-7
ERR
AFD_DSTRB
STB_WRITE
RDATA
WDATA
WGATE
HDSEL
DIR
STEP
TRK0
INDEX
DSKCHG
WP
MTR1,0
DR1,0
DENSEL
DRATE0
LED1,2
GPIE6,7
GPIOE0-5
GPIS2
GPOS0,1
PSON
PWBTIN
PWBTOUT
PWUREQ
RING
SLPS5
SLPS3
BADDR
PSLDC0,1
TEST
PSONPOL
Serial
Port 1
WATCHDOG
Timer
Fan Speed
Control &
Monitor
Serial
Port 2
with IR
Parallel
Port
Keyboard
&
Mouse
Controller
FDC
ACCESS.
bus
Bus
Interface
SIN2
SOUT2
RTS2
DTR2/BOUT2
CTS2
DSR2
DCD2
RI2
P12,P16,P17
GA20
KBCLK
KBDAT
KBRST
MDAT
MCLK
SCL
SDA
CLKIN
LRESET
LCLK
SERIRQ
LDRQ
LFRAME
LAD3-0
SMI
PIRQ3-7,9-12,14-15
System
Wake-Up
Control
XLOCK
CHLOCK
Protection
Strap
Config
System
Hardware
Monitoring
Config
& Control
Registers
Figure 1. PC87365 Detailed Block Diagram
www.national.com
SIN1
SOUT1
RTS1
DTR1/BOUT1
CTS1
DSR1
DCD1
RI1
IRRX1,IRRX2
IRTX
IRSL0-2
IRSL3
Control Signals
WDO
GPIO
Ports
Internal Bus
GPIO30-34
GPIO20-27
GPIO10-14,16,17
GPO15
GPIO00-07
(Continued)
32
CHUNLOCK
CHASI
CHASO
ALARM
AVI0-6
D1N,D2N
D1P,D2P
OTS1,2
VREF
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.2.2
(Continued)
Banked Logical Device Registers Structure
Each functional block is associated with a Logical Device Number (LDN). The configuration registers are grouped into banks,
where each bank holds the standard configuration registers of the corresponding logical device. Table 6 shows the LDN
values of the PC87365 functional blocks.
Figure 2 shows the structure of the standard configuration register file. The SuperI/O control and configuration registers are
not banked and are accessed by the Index-Data register pair only, as described above. However, the device control and
device configuration registers are duplicated over 13 banks for 13 logical devices. Therefore, accessing a specific register
in a specific bank is performed by two dimensional indexing, where the LDN register selects the bank (or logical device) and
the Index register selects the register within the bank. Accessing the Data register while the Index register holds a value of
30h or higher results in a physical access to the Logical Device Configuration registers currently pointed to by the Index
register, within the logical device currently selected by the LDN register.
07h
Logical Device Number Register
20h
2Fh
SuperI/O Configuration Registers
30h
Logical Device Control Register
60h
63h
70h
71h
74h
75h
F0h
FEh
Standard Logical Device
Configuration Registers
Special (Vendor-defined)
Logical Device
Configuration Registers
Bank Select
Banks
(One per Logical Device)
Figure 2. Structure of the Standard Configuration Register File
Table 6. Logical Device Number (LDN) Assignments
LDN
Functional Block
00h
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)
01h
Parallel Port (PP)
02h
Serial Port 2 with IR (SP2)
03h
Serial Port 1 (SP1)
04h
System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
05h
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC) - Mouse interface
06h
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC) - Keyboard interface
07h
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports
08h
ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
09h
Fan Speed Control and Monitor (FSCM)
0Ah
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
0Dh
Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
0Eh
Temperature Sensor (TMS)
Write accesses to unimplemented registers (i.e., accessing the Data register while the Index register points to a non-existing
register) are ignored and read returns 00h on all addresses except for 74h and 75h (DMA configuration registers), which
returns 04h (indicating no DMA channel is active). The configuration registers are accessible immediately after reset.
33
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.2.3
(Continued)
Standard Logical Device Configuration Register Definitions
Unless otherwise noted in Tables 7 through 12:
●
All registers are read/write.
●
All reserved bits return 0 on reads, except where noted otherwise. They must not be modified as it may cause unpredictable results. Use read-modify-write to prevent the values of reserved bits from being changed during write.
●
Write only registers should not use read-modify-write during updates.
Table 7. Standard Control Registers
Index
Register Name
07h
Logical Device
Number
20h - 2Fh
SuperI/O
Configuration
Description
This register selects the current logical device. See Table 6 for valid numbers. All
other values are reserved.
SuperI/O configuration registers and ID registers
Table 8. Logical Device Activate Register
Index
Register Name
30h
Activate
Description
Bit 0 - Logical device activation control
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Bits 7-1 - Reserved
Table 9. I/O Space Configuration Registers
Index
Register Name
Description
60h
I/O Port Base
Address Bits (15-8) Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 15-8 for I/O Descriptor 0.
Descriptor 0
61h
I/O Port Base
Address Bits (7-0) Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 7-0 for I/O Descriptor 0.
Descriptor 0
62h
I/O Port Base
Address Bits (15-8) Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 15-8 for I/O Descriptor 1.
Descriptor 1
63h
I/O Port Base
Address Bits (7-0) Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 7-0 for I/O Descriptor 1.
Descriptor 1
www.national.com
34
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
Table 10. Interrupt Configuration Registers
Index
Register Name
Description
70h
Interrupt Number Sets IRQ, indicates the selected interrupt number and enables wake-up on IRQ.
and Wake-Up on Bit 4 - Enables wake-up on the IRQ of the logical device. When enabled, IRQ
IRQ Enable
assertion triggers a wake-up event.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
Bits 3-0 select the interrupt number. A value of 1 selects IRQL1. A value of 15
selects IRQL15. IRQL0 is not a valid interrupt selection and represent no interrupt
selection.
Note: If the BIOS routine that sets IRQ does not use a Read-Modify-Write
sequence, it might reset bit 4. To ensure that the system wakes up, the BIOS must
set bit 4 before the system goes to sleep.
71h
Interrupt Request Indicates the type and level of the interrupt request level selected in the previous
Type Select
register.
If a logical device supports only one type of interrupt, this register may be read
only.
Bits 7-2 - Reserved.
Bit 1 - Level of the interrupt request selected in the previous register
0: Low polarity
1: High polarity
Bit 0 - Type of interrupt request selected in the previous register
0: Edge
1: Level
Table 11. DMA Configuration Registers
Index
Register Name
Description
74h
DMA Channel
Select 0
Indicates selected DMA channel for DMA 0 of the logical device (0 - The first DMA
channel in case of using more than one DMA channel).
Bits 2-0 select the DMA channel for DMA 0. The valid choices are 0-3, where a
value of 0 selects DMA channel 0, 1 selects channel 1, etc.
A value of 4 indicates that no DMA channel is active.
The values 5-7 are reserved.
75h
DMA Channel
Select 1
Indicates selected DMA channel for DMA 1 of the logical device (1 - The second
DMA channel in case of using more than one DMA channel).
Bits 2-0 select the DMA channel for DMA 1. The valid choices are 0-3, where a
value of 0 selects DMA channel 0, 1 selects channel 1, etc.
A value of 4 indicates that no DMA channel is active.
The values 5-7 are reserved.
Table 12. Special Logical Device Configuration Registers
Index
Register Name
F0h-FEh
Logical Device
Configuration
Description
Special (vendor-defined) configuration options.
35
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.2.4
(Continued)
Standard Configuration Registers
Index
SuperI/O Control and
Configuration Registers
Logical Device Control and
Configuration Registers one per Logical Device
(some are optional)
Register Name
07h
Logical Device Number
20h
SuperI/O ID
21h
SuperI/O Configuration 1
22h
SuperI/O Configuration 2
23h
SuperI/O Configuration 3
24h
SuperI/O Configuration 4
25h
SuperI/O Configuration 5
26h
SuperI/O Configuration 6
27h
SuperI/O Revision ID
28h
SuperI/O Configuration 8
2Ah
SuperI/O Configuration A
2Bh
SuperI/O Configuration B
2Ch
SuperI/O Configuration C
2Dh
SuperI/O Configuration D
2Eh
Reserved exclusively for National use
30h
Logical Device Control (Activate)
60h
I/O Base Address Descriptor 0 Bits 15-8
61h
I/O Base Address Descriptor 0 Bits 7-0
62h
I/O Base Address Descriptor 1 Bits 15-8
63h
I/O Base Address Descriptor 1 Bits 7-0
70h
Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable
(see note, p. 35)
71h
IRQ Type Select
74h
DMA Channel Select 0
75h
DMA Channel Select 1
F0h
Device Specific Logical Device Configuration 1
F1h
Device Specific Logical Device Configuration 2
F2h
Device Specific Logical Device Configuration 3
Figure 3. Configuration Register Map
SuperI/O Control and Configuration Registers
The SuperI/O Configuration registers at indexes 20h and 27h are mainly used for part identification, global power management and the selection of pin multiplexing options. For details, see Section 2.9.
Logical Device Control and Configuration Registers
A subset of these registers is implemented for each logical device. See functional block description in the following sections.
www.national.com
36
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
Control
The only implemented control register for each logical device is the Activate register at index 30h. Bit 0 of the Activate register controls the activation of the associated function block. Activation of the block enables access to the block’s registers
and attaches its system resources, which are unused as long as the block is not activated. Other effects may apply on a
function-specific basis (such as clock enable and active pinout signaling).
Standard Configuration
The standard configuration registers are used to manage the PnP resource allocation to the functional blocks. The I/O port
base address descriptor 0 is a pair of registers at Index 60-61h, holding the (first or only) 16-bit base address for the register
set of the functional block. An optional 16-bit second base-address (descriptor 1) at index 62-63h is used for logical devices
with more than one continuous register set. Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable (index 70h) and IRQ Type Select
(index 71h) allocate an IRQ line to the block and control its type. DMA Channel Select 0 (index 74h) allocates a DMA channel
to the block, where applicable. DMA Channel Select 1 (index 75h) allocates a second DMA channel, where applicable.
Special Configuration
The vendor-defined registers, starting at index F0h, are used to control function-specific parameters such as operation
modes, power saving modes, pin TRI-STATE, clock rate selection and non-standard extensions to generic functions.
2.2.5
Default Configuration Setup
The default configuration setup of the PC87365 can include four reset types, described below. See specific register descriptions for the bits affected by each reset type.
•
Software Reset
This reset is enabled by bit 1 of the SIOCF1 register, which resets all logical devices. A software reset also resets most
bits in the SuperI/O control and configuration registers (see Section 2.9 for the bits not affected). This reset does not
affect register bits that are locked for write access.
•
Hardware Reset
This reset is activated by the assertion of the LRESET input. It resets all logical devices, with the exception of the System
Wake-Up Control (SWC). It also resets all SuperI/O control and configuration registers, except for those that are batterybacked.
•
VPP Power-Up Reset
This reset is activated when either VSB or VBAT is powered up after both have been off. VPP is an internal voltage which
is a combination of VSB and VBAT. VPP is taken from VSB if VSB is greater than the minimum (Min) value defined in the
Device Characteristics chapter; otherwise, VBAT is used as the VPP source. This reset resets all registers whose values
are retained by VPP.
•
VSB Power-Up Reset
This is an internally generated reset that resets the SWC, excluding those SWC registers whose values are retained by
VPP. This reset is activated after VSB is powered up.
In the event of a hardware reset, the PC87365 wakes up with the following default configuration setup:
— The configuration base address is 2Eh or 4Eh, according to the BADDR strap pin value, as shown in Table 5.
— The Keyboard Controller (KBC) is active and all other logical devices are disabled, with the exception of the SWC,
which remains functional but whose registers cannot be accessed.
— All multiplexed GPIO pins, except for pins whose function is controlled by battery-backed registers and pins 8 and 9
(which are controlled by bits 1 and 0 of the SIOCF3 register) are configured as GPIO pins, with an internal static pullup (default direction is input).
In the event of either a hardware or a software reset, the PC87365 wakes up with the following default configuration setup:
— The legacy devices are assigned with their legacy system resource allocation.
— The National proprietary functions are not assigned with any default resources and the default values of their base
addresses are all 00h.
37
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.2.6
(Continued)
Power States
The following terminology is used in this document to describe the various possible power states:
•
Power On
Both VSB and VDD are active.
•
Power Off
VSB is active and VDD is inactive.
•
Power Fail
Both VSB and VDD are inactive.
Note:
The following state is illegal: VDD active and VSB inactive.
2.2.7
Address Decoding
A full 16-bit address decoding is applied when accessing the configuration I/O space as well as the registers of the functional
blocks. However, the number of configurable bits in the base address registers varies for each logical device.
The lower 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 address bits are decoded within the functional block to determine the offset of the accessed register
within the logical device’s I/O range of 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 bytes, respectively. The rest of the bits are matched with the base
address register to decode the entire I/O range allocated to the logical device. Therefore, the lower bits of the base address
register are forced to 0 (read only) and the base address is forced to be 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 byte-aligned, according to the size
of the I/O range.
The base address of the FDC, Serial Port 1, Serial Port 2 with IR and KBC are limited to the I/O address range of 00h to
7FXh only (bits 11-15 are forced to 0). The Parallel Port base address is limited to the I/O address range of 00h to 3F8h.
The addresses of the non-legacy logical devices are configurable within the full 16-bit address range (up to FFFXh).
In some special cases, other address bits are used for internal decoding (such as bit 2 in the KBC and bit 10 in the Parallel
Port). The KBC has two I/O descriptors with some implied dependency between them. For more details, see the description
of the base address register for each logical device.
2.3
INTERRUPT SERIALIZER
The Interrupt Serializer translates parallel interrupt request (PIRQ) signals received from external devices, via the PIRQn
pins, into serial interrupt request data transmitted over the SERIRQ bus. This enables the integration of devices that support
only parallel IRQ in a system which supports only serial IRQs. Figure 4 shows the interrupt serialization mechanism.
Internal
IRQ
Sources
IRQ Mapping
and Polarity
Control
Bus Interface
Polarity/
Mapping
Control
Signals
Internal
Mapped
IRQs
Non-Shared
PIRQs
IRQ3
IRQ Sharing
Mechanism
Interrupt
Serializer
SERIRQ
IRQ15
Shared PIRQs
PIRQn Pins
Figure 4. Interrupt Serialization Mechanism
PIRQ signals that enter the device are fed into an IRQ sharing mechanism. This mechanism combines them with internal
IRQ signals that are mapped to their associated IRQ slots. The resulting internal shared IRQs are then fed into the Interrupt
Serializer, where they are translated into serial data and transmitted over the SERIRQ bus.
The IRQ sharing mechanism allows an internal IRQ and an external PIRQ to share the same IRQ slot. To share an IRQ slot,
all IRQ sources routed to it, including possibly a PIRQn pin, must be active low. When multiple IRQ sources are set to share
an IRQ slot, the corresponding internal IRQ signal is a logic AND of all IRQ sources.
When an IRQ slot is exclusively used by a PIRQ pin, each transition sensed on this PIRQ pin is translated into a new value.
This value is transmitted over the SERIRQ bus during the corresponding IRQ slot. A transition on PIRQn results in a new
value that is transmitted during IRQ slot “n” of the SERIRQ bus. For example, a transition on PIRQ3 is translated into the
www.national.com
38
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
transmission of the new value of PIRQ3 during slot 3 of the SERIRQ bus. No polarity adjustment occurs during this translation process. Therefore, when the level of a PIRQn pin goes high or low, the result is transmitted with no polarity adjustment
during slot “n” of the SERIRQ bus.
The Interrupt Serializer is controlled by bit 6, Pins 117-127 Select PIRQ, of SuperI/O Configuration 1 register. When this bit
is set to 0 (default), the Interrupt Serializer is disabled. When it is set to 1, the Interrupt Serializer is enabled and each PIRQn
input function is selected on its associated pin. The PIRQn input value is then routed to the Interrupt Serializer as the IRQ
value to be driven onto IRQ slot “n” when at least one of the following conditions is true:
●
Slot “n” is not selected by any internal IRQ source.
●
Slot “n” is selected by an internal IRQ source which is set for sharing (low polarity).
Otherwise, the IRQ value driven onto IRQ slot “n” is the value of any internal IRQ that is selected.
2.4
PROTECTION
The PC87365 provides features to protect the PC at mechanical and software levels.
At the mechanical level, the device can detect intrusion to the chassis of the PC. It can also control the solenoids that lock
and unlock the chassis.
At the hardware level, the device can disable I/O port access. This protects system integrity by enabling the primary operating software to prevent other unwanted I/O operations by other software.
At the software level, the device can be locked to protect configuration bits or alteration of the hardware configuration of the
device, as well as internal GPIO settings and several types of configuration settings.
All protection mechanisms can optionally be used.
2.4.1
Chassis Intrusion Detection
The Chassis Intrusion Detection mechanism is based on the state of pin 29, CHASI. This pin reflects the status of an external
switch that indicates the PC chassis state.
Bits 4,5 of the SIOCFB register monitor this pin and provide two types of information. Bit 4 reports a previously detected
chassis intrusion, defined as any kind of transition on the CHASI pin. Bit 5 reflects the momentary value of the CHASI pin.
For further details on the SIOCFB register, see Section 2.9.11.
To prevent the CHASI pin from detecting a false chassis intrusion, it is implemented with an internal noise filter.
A chassis intrusion event can be reported to the host system by either software or hardware. When using software, the system must read the SIOCFB register to check if an intrusion event has occurred. When using hardware, the device provides
the following means for indicating chassis intrusion:
●
Dedicated output (CHASO).
●
SMI assertion.
To use the CHASO function, it must first be selected by setting bit 6 of the SIOCFA register to 1. Thereafter, whenever a
chassis intrusion is detected, the CHASO pin reflects the value of bit 4 of the SIOCFB register. When bit 4 of this register is
set to 1, the CHASO pin is asserted (driven low). It is de-asserted when this bit is cleared.
To use the SMI assertion, it must either be selected on its pin or routed to interrupt request channel 2. To select SMI on its
pin, set bit 2 of the SIOCF3 register to 1 (for further details, see Section 2.9.4). To route the SMI signal to interrupt request
channel 2, set bit 4 of the SIOCF5 register to 1 (for further details, see Section 2.9.6). In addition, the chassis intrusion event
must be routed to the SMI signal by setting bit 5 of the SIOCF8 register to 1 (for further details, see Section 2.9.9). Thereafter,
whenever a chassis intrusion is detected, the SMI signal reflects bit 4 of the SIOCFB register. When bit 4 of this register is
set to 1, the SMI signal and the selected target indication are asserted (driven low). The SMI signal is de-asserted when this
bit 4 is cleared.
2.4.2
Chassis Lock and Unlock
The Chassis Lock and Unlock mechanism is based on the output functions of pin 1, CHLOCK and pin 128, CHUNLOCK, as
well as the values of bits 2, 3 of the SIOCF5 register. A lock operation is defined as the assertion of CHLOCK for approximately the next 0.75 seconds and an unlock operation as the assertion of CHUNLOCK for the same duration of time.
To use this mechanism, CHLOCK and CHUNLOCK must first be selected on their respective pins. To select CHLOCK, write
10 to bits 1-0 of the SIOCF2 register. To select CHUNLOCK, write 10 to bits 1-0 of the SIOCF5 register. The CHLOCK and
CHUNLOCK functions can then be operated using bits 2 and 3 of the SIOCF5 register.
Bit 3 of the SIOCF5 register determines if the operation to be performed will be lock or unlock. When set to 0, unlock is selected; when set to 1, lock is selected.
Writing to bit 2 of the SIOCF5 register initiates the operation set by bit 3 and reflects the status of the lock/unlock mechanism.
Before initiating any lock/unlock operation, bit 2 must be verified to be 0. This indicates that the lock/unlock mechanism is
idle and can be used to perform a new operation. When bit 3 is set to the desired value and bit 2 is verified to be 0, bit 2 can
be set to 1 to initiate the operation determined by bit 3.
39
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
When bit 2 of the SIOCF5 register is set to 1, it causes the appropriate output function, either CHLOCK or CHUNLOCK, to
be asserted for a duration of 0.75 second. Then, this output function is de-asserted. During the time the output function is
asserted, and for an additional 0.25 second afterwards, bit 2 of the SIOCF5 register returns 1 on reads and no action can
be initiated. This protection mechanism prevents lock/unlock operations from being performed at short intervals to protect
the mechanical lock/unlock mechanism.
2.4.3
Access Lock to I/O Ports
Locking access to the I/O ports of the device is based on the SIOCF6 register (for details, see Section 2.9.7). This protection
feature is implemented for the following logical devices:
●
FDC (Logical Device 0).
●
Parallel Port (Logical Device 1).
●
Serial Port 2 (Logical Device 2).
●
Serial Port 1 (Logical Device 3).
●
ACB (Logical Device 8).
Each one of these logical devices has an associated bit in the SIOCF6 register. When one of these bits is set, the associated
logical device is completely disabled. For example, when bit 0 of the SIOCF6 register is set to 1, the FDC is disabled.
To lock access to the I/O ports, the SIOCF6 register must be set to read only. This can be done by either software or hardware. By software, set bit 7 of the SIOCF6 register to 1. This bit can only be cleared (read/write enabled) by a hardware reset.
Alternatively, use the XLOCK input hardware-based function to set the SIOCF6 register to read only. First, select XLOCK
on its pin, pin 53, by setting bit 4 of the SIOCF3 register to 1. XLOCK can then can be used to control the SIOCF6 register,
as follows:
●
When XLOCK is driven high, the SIOCF6 register is read/write.
●
When XLOCK is driven low, the SIOCF6 register is read only.
2.4.4
Pin Configuration Lock
To lock the pin configuration of the PC87365 in order to prevent unwanted changes to hardware configuration, set bit 7 of
the SIOCF1 register to 1. Setting this bit causes all function select configuration bits, including those that are battery backed,
to become read only bits. This bit can only be cleared by a hardware reset.
2.4.5
GPIO Pin Function Lock
The PC87365 is capable of locking the attributes of each GPIO or Standby GPIO pin. The following attributes can be locked:
●
Output enable.
●
Output type.
●
Static pull-up.
●
Driven data.
GPIO pins are locked per pin by setting the Lock bit in the appropriate GPIO Pin Configuration register. When the Lock bit
is set, the configuration of the associated GPIO pin can only be released by a hardware reset.
Standby GPIO pins are locked in the same manner by setting the Lock bit in the appropriate Standby GPIO Pin Configuration
registers. However, once a Standby GPIO pin is locked, its locked attributes can only be released with a VSB power-up reset.
2.5
POWER SUPPLY CONTROL (PSC)
The PC87365 includes hardware that can be used to ease the system’s control over the computer’s power supply. This hardware is implemented as a state machine that determines the required state of the power supply based on several input signals. It also connects to the system’s ACPI controller to share information about the system’s power state via specific
interface signals.
The PSC uses the pin functions SLPS3, SLPS5, PWBTIN, PWBTOUT and PSON. These functions are optional on their
respective pins and must be selected to enable the PSC by setting the values of the PSLDC0,1 strap pins (see Table 14).
Once enabled, the PSC can be operated in one of two modes, according to the value of bit 0 (Power Button Mode) of the
SIOCFD register:
●
ACPI mode.
●
Legacy mode.
www.national.com
40
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
ACPI Mode
When the PSC is operated in ACPI mode (bit 0 of the SIOCFD register is set to 1), the ACPI controller of the system controls
the system’s power supply by means of the SLPS3 state. When SLPS3 is set to 0, the power supply turns off; when it is set
to 1, the power supply turns on. The state of the PSON output signal (either ON or OFF) is identical to the state of the SLPS3
input signal. The polarity of PSON is set by the PSONPOL strap.
The only case in which the PSC affects the value of the PSON output is when a Crowbar condition occurs. A Crowbar condition is defined as the state in which PSON has been active for a certain period of time but the system’s power supply remains inactive. In this case, PSON is forced inactive, and the PWBTOUT output is pulsed to indicate to the ACPI controller
that SLPS3 must be driven low, thus indirectly inactivating PSON and preventing a deadlock. For a detailed description of
the Crowbar mechanism, see Crowbar Condition on the following page(s).
In ACPI mode, during regular operation, the PWBTOUT output is pulsed when either of the following events occurs:
●
PWBTIN is pulsed.
●
A wake-up event that is routed to PWBTOUT.
A wake-up event that is routed to the power button output can cause PWBTOUT to be pulsed in ACPI mode if one of the
following conditions is met:
●
SLPS5 is active.
●
Enable Power Button Pulse on S3 (bit 3) of the SWC WK_CFG register is set to 1.
However, when in ACPI mode, PWBTIN and PWBTOUT activity has no effect on the PSON output. The power button mechanism can have an indirect effect on PSON only if PWBTOUT is connected to the power button input of the ACPI controller,
thus affecting the SLPS3 signal.
Legacy Mode
When the PSC is operated in Legacy mode (bit 0 of the SIOCFD register is set to 0), the PC87365 controls the system’s
power supply. In this mode, the PSON output signal is set by the PC87365 according to the following factors: the state of
input signals, the state of the power supply lines, power button activity and certain configuration bits. Although the ACPI controller does not control the system’s power supply, it tracks the system’s power state. For this purpose, the PC87365 manipulates the PWBTOUT so that the ACPI controller is always synchronized with the actual state of the PSON output. This
synchronization mechanism assumes that PWBTOUT is connected to the power button input of the ACPI controller. See a
schematic state diagram of the Legacy PSC mechanism in Figure 5.
VSB
Power-Up
Reset
Power
Fail
VSB Present AND Straps Sampled
Resume AND Last State is ON
Check
Resume
Mode
Resume AND Last State Is OFF
OR
No Resume AND ACPI Is OFF
No Resume AND ACPI Is ON
Synchronize
ACPI
Synchronization Done
PWBTOUT Falling Edge
ON
OFF
PWBTOUT Falling Edge
OR
Software Power Supply Off Command
Figure 5. Legacy Power Supply Control State Diagram
41
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
When VSB is first applied, the PSC state machine is initialized to Power Fail state. In this state, the mechanism waits for the
PC87365 to be initialized according to strap options. Then the PSC enters Check Resume Mode state. In this state, the PSC
checks if Resume to Last PSON state is enabled.
If Resume to Last PSON is enabled, PSON immediately resumes the state it was in when VSB was lost. To enable this mechanism, set bit 2 of the SIOCFD register to 1 and program the ACPI controller to resume OFF state (SLPS3 = 0) after power
fail recovery to allow the PSC to operate properly. If the last state of PSON was OFF, assuming that the ACPI controller also
resumed OFF state, PSON is set to inactive and the PSC enters OFF state. If the last state was ON, under the same assumption, the ACPI controller must be notified to change its state to ON. This is done by pulsing the PWBTOUT output. This
synchronization pulse is generated when the PSC is in Synchronize ACPI state.
If Resume Last PSON State is disabled, the PSC enters either ON or OFF state according to the value of the SLPS3 input,
as follows:
●
If SLPS3 is low (active, state OFF), the PSC enters OFF state.
●
If SLPS3 is high (inactive, state ON), the PSC enters ON state.
Since SLPS3 reflects the state of the ACPI controller, the PSC actually resumes the current state of the ACPI controller.
After entering either ON or OFF states, PSC moves between these two states on the following conditions:
●
A falling edge on PWBTOUT (generated internally) changes the state from ON to OFF or vice versa.
●
A Software Power Supply Off command, writing 1 to Power Supply Off (bit 1) of the SIOCFD register, changes the
state from ON to OFF.
Since many wake-up events can activate the PWBTOUT signal, these events can actually cause the PSC to change its state
from OFF to ON, thus activating the PSON output.
As in ACPI mode, the Crowbar protection mechanism is also active in Legacy mode. However, in this mode, when a Crowbar
condition is detected, the PSC returns to OFF state, thus inactivating the PSON output. Also, to synchronize the APCI controller, the PWBTOUT is pulsed to bring it to the correct state.
Table 13 summarizes the bit states that affect PSON VSB power-up default state.
Table 13. PSON VSB Power-Up Default State
Resume Last
PSON State
(SIOCFD, Bit 2)
Last PSON
State
PSON VSB Power-Up
Default
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
X
Same as SLPS3 state
Crowbar Condition
A Crowbar condition is a situation in which the signal that directly controls the system’s power supply is active for a certain
duration of time without a power supply response. To prevent this deadlock and enable reactivation of the power supply, a
special crowbar mechanism is included in the PSC logic.
Once the PSON is activated, assuming the power supply is off, a timer in the PSC logic starts counting. If this timer reaches
its terminal count before the power supply becomes active, the PSC detects a Crowbar condition. In this case, PSON is
deactivated and the PSC makes sure that the ACPI state of the system is changed to OFF.
The time that causes a Crowbar condition is defined as the Crowbar Timeout. The Crowbar Timeout of the PSC can be programmed to values between 0.5-2.25 seconds. This Timeout value is set by writing the appropriate value to bits 4-3 of the
SIOCFD register. For further details, refer to the description of this register in Section 2.9.13.
www.national.com
42
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.6
(Continued)
LED OPERATION AND STATES
The device supports up to two LEDs, depending on Pin 25 and Pin 26 Function Select (bits 1-2 and bit 3) of the SIOCFA
register. The polarity of both LEDs is determined by LED Polarity Control (bit 7) of the SIOCFD register.
The device provides modes for software LED control when in power-on state. The device also provides modes for hardware
LED control. This enables the LEDs to support features such as power and error indication.
The LEDs may be operated in Software, Hardware1 or Hardware 2 modes. These modes are set by LED Mode Control (bits
2 and 3) of the SIOCFB register. Each LED can be set to On or Off or to blink at different rates by means of bits 0-2 (LED1)
and bits 3-5 (LED2) of the SIOCFC register.
When in power-on state (both VDD and VSB exist), the LEDs are software controlled. When in power-fail state (no VSB and
no VDD), the LEDs are off. Note, however, that these rules are overridden when using the Hardware modes. Table 14 shows
the effect of Hardware modes 1 and 2 on LED operation.
Table 14. Effect of Hardware Modes 1 and 2 on LED Operation
Mode
System State
Hardware1
(SIOCFB, bits 3-2=01)
Hardware 2
(SIOCFB, bits 3-2=10)
2.7
LED1
LED2
VSB power-up reset
Off
1 Hz blink, 50% duty cycle
Power off (VSB, no VDD)
Software controlled
1 Hz blink, 50% duty cycle
ACPI mode and
Sleep State 3
Software controlled
Software controlled
ACPI mode, Sleep State 5,
bit 6 = 1 in SIOCFC register
Software controlled
and Power Supply Control
enabled
Software controlled
ACPI mode, any other
configuration
Off
Off
Legacy mode and power off
Off
(no VDD)
Off
POWER SUPPLY CONTROL AND LED CONFIGURATION
A combination of two strap pins (Power Supply and LED Configuration 0 and 1, PSLDC0,1, pins 99 and 107, respectively)
determines the configuration of the power supply control pins and LEDs. Both pins 99 and 107 have weak pull-downs and
are sampled on VSB power-up reset. Table 15 describes how they affect the chip configuration.
Table 15. PSLDC0,1 Configuration Options
2.8
PSLDC0
(Pin 99)
PSLDC1
(Pin 107)
Power Supply Control
LED2
0
0
Enabled (default)
Not selected (default)
0
1
Disabled
Selected
1
0
Disabled
Not selected
1
1
Enabled
Selected
REGISTER TYPE ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:
●
R/W = Read/Write.
●
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
●
W = Write.
●
RO = Read Only.
●
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
43
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9
(Continued)
SUPERI/O CONFIGURATION REGISTERS
This section describes the SuperI/O configuration and ID registers (those registers with first level indexes in the range of 20h
- 2Eh). See Table 16 for a summary and directory of these registers.
Table 16. SuperI/O Configuration Registers
Index Mnemonic
Register Name
Power Well
Type
Section
20h
SID
SuperI/O ID
VDD
RO
2.9.1
21h
SIOCF1
SuperI/O Configuration 1
VDD
R/W
2.9.2
22h
SIOCF2
SuperI/O Configuration 2
VDD
R/W
2.9.3
23h
SIOCF3
SuperI/O Configuration 3
VDD
R/W
2.9.4
24h
SIOCF4
SuperI/O Configuration 4
VDD
R/W
2.9.5
25h
SIOCF5
SuperI/O Configuration 5
VDD
R/W
2.9.6
27h
SRID
SuperI/O Revision ID
VDD
RO
2.9.8
28h
SIOCF8
SuperI/O Configuration 8
VDD
R/W
2.9.9
2Ah SIOCFA
SuperI/O Configuration A
VPP
R/W
2.9.10
2Bh SIOCFB
SuperI/O Configuration B
VPP
R/W
2.9.11
2Ch SIOCFC
SuperI/O Configuration C
VPP
R/W
2.9.12
2Dh SIOCFD
SuperI/O Configuration D
VPP
R/W
2.9.13
2Eh Reserved exclusively for National use
www.national.com
44
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.1
(Continued)
SuperI/O ID Register (SID)
This register contains the identity number of the chip. The PC87365 is identified by the value E5h.
Location:
Index 20h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
4
3
2
1
0
SW Reset
Global
Device
Enable
0
1
Name
Chip ID
Reset
2.9.2
1
1
1
SuperI/O Configuration 1 Register (SIOCF1)
Location:
Index 21h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
Pin
Function
Select Lock
Pins
117-127
Function
Select
Reset
0
0
5
Number of DMA Wait
States
0
Number of I/O Wait
States
1
0
0
Bit
Description
7
Pin Function Select Lock. This bit determines if the bits (located in the SIOCF1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A and B registers)
that select pin functions are read only or read/write. When set to 1, this bit can only be cleared by a hardware
reset.
0: Bits are R/W
1: Bits are RO
6
Pins 117-127 Function Select.
0: Pins 117-127 function set by SIOCF4 (default)
1: Pins 117-127 are PIRQ3-7, 9, 11-12, 14-15
5-4
3-2
Number of DMA Wait States.
Bits
5 4
Number
0
0
1
1
Reserved
Two (default)
Six
Twelve
0
1
0
1
Number of I/O Wait States.
Bits
3 2
Number
0
0
1
1
Zero (default)
Two
Six
Twelve
0
1
0
1
1
SW Reset. Read always returns 0.
0: Ignored (default)
1: Resets all the logical devices that are reset by hardware reset (with the exception of the lock bits) and resets
the registers of the SWC, VLM and TMS
0
Global Device Enable. This bit controls the function enable of all the PC87365 logical devices, except System
Wake-Up Control (SWC). With the exception of SWC, it allows all logical devices to be disabled simultaneously
by writing to a single bit.
0: All logical devices in the PC87365 are disabled, except SWC, VLM and TMS
1: Each logical device is enabled according to its Activate register (Index 30h) (default)
45
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.3
(Continued)
SuperI/O Configuration 2 Register (SIOCF2)
Location:
Index 22h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
Name
Pin 7
Function
Select
Pin 6
Function
Select
Pin 5
Function
Select
Pin 4
Function
Select
Pin 3
Function
Select
Pin 2
Function
Select
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7
Pin 7 Function Select.
0: GPIO05 (default)
1: P17
6
Pin 6 Function Select.
0: GPIO04 (default)
1: P12
5
Pin 5 Function Select.
0: GPIO03 (default)
1: FANOUT0
4
Pin 4 Function Select.
0: GPIO02 (default)
1: FANIN0
3
Pin 3 Function Select.
0: GPIO01 (default)
1: FANOUT1
2
Pin 2 Function Select.
0: GPIO00 (default)
1: FANIN1
1-0
Pin 1 Function Select.
Bits
1 0
Function
0
0
1
1
GPIO34 (default)
FANOUT2
CHLOCK
Reserved
0
1
0
1
www.national.com
46
1
0
Pin 1
Function
Select
0
0
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.4
(Continued)
SuperI/O Configuration 3 Register (SIOCF3)
Location:
Index 23h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Pin 57
Function
Select
Pin 56
Function
Select
Pins 54, 55
Function
Select
Pin 53
Function
Select
Reserved
Pin 21
Function
Select
Pin 9
Function
Select
Pin 8
Function
Select
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Bit
Description
7
Pin 57 Function Select.
0: GPO15 (default)
1: IRTX
6
Pin 56 Function Select.
0: GPIO14 (default)
1: WDO
5
Pins 54, 55 Function Select.
0: GPIO12/GPIO13 (default)
1: SCL/SDA
4
Pin 53 Function Select.
0: GPIO11 (default)
1: XLOCK
3
Reserved.
2
Pin 21 Function Select.
0: GPIO10 (default)
1: SMI
1
Pin 9 Function Select.
0: GPIO07
1: GA20 (P21) (default)
0
Pin 8 Function Select.
0: GPIO06
1: KBRST (P20) (default)
47
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.5
SuperI/O Configuration 4 Register (SIOCF4)
Location:
Index 24h
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
6
Pin 127
Function
Select
Name
Reset
0
5
4
3
Pins 125,126 Pins 117-124
Function
Function
Select
Select
0
0
Bit
7-6
(Continued)
0
2
Pin 71
Function
Select
0
Description
Pin 127 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
7 6 P* Function
0
0
1
X
5
4
3-2
1-0
0
1
0
X
0
0
0
1
GPIO32 (default)
P16
IRSL1
PIRQ15
Pins 125,126 Function Select. This is a RO bit.
Bits
5 P*
Function
0 0
1 0
X 1
GPIO30,31 (default)
Reserved
PIRQ12,14
Pins 117-124 Function Select. This is a RO bit.
Bits
4 P*
Function
0 0
1 0
X 1
GPIO20-27 (default)
Reserved
PIRQ3-7,9-11
Pin 71 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
3 2
Function
0
0
1
1
GPIO17 (default)
DR1
IRSL3
Reserved
0
1
0
1
Pin 69 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
1 0
Function
0
0
1
1
GPIO16 (default)
MTR1
IRSL2
Reserved
0
1
0
1
* Bit 6, Pins 117-127 Select PIRQ, of the SIOCF1 register (see page 45).
www.national.com
48
1
0
Pin 69
Function
Select
0
0
0
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.6
(Continued)
SuperI/O Configuration 5 Register (SIOCF5)
Location:
Index 25h
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
6
5
Reset
0
0
3
2
1
Chassis
SMI to IRQ2 Chassis
Hood AcEnable
Hood Lock
tion/Status
VID0 and VID1
Route
Select
Name
4
0
0
0
0
0
Pin 128
Function
Select
0
0
Bit
Description
7-5
VID0 and VID1 Route Select. Defines the routing of GPIO inputs to the VLM VID register. This is a R/W
bit.
Bits
765
000
001
010
011
100
Other
Route Select
VID0 and VID1 are not routed.
VID4-VID0 are routed from GPIO11-13, GPIO16, GPIO17. Only CPU0 is supported.
VID4-VID0 are routed from GPIO05, GPIO12-14, GPIO32. Only CPU0 is supported.
When CPU0 is selected: VID4-VID0 are routed from GPIO20-24;
when CPU1 is selected: VID4-VID0 are routed from GPIO25-27, GPIO30, GPIO31
VID4-VID0 are routed from GPIO11-13, GPIO16, GPIO17; processor select control is routed to
GPIO14, which is configured as output.
Reserved
4
SMI to IRQ2 Enable. This is a R/W bit.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Chassis Hood Lock. This is a R/W bit.
0: Unlock (default)
1: Lock
2
Chassis Hood Action/Status. This is a R/W bit. Writing 1 operates the lock/unlock function determined by bit
3 of this register. Writing 0 deactivates an action in progress. Before setting this bit, the software must verify that
it is set to 0.
0: Inactive/Ready (default)
1: Activate/Busy
1-0
Pin 128 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
1 0
Function
0
0
1
1
GPIO33 (default)
FANIN2
CHUNLOCK
Reserved
0
1
0
1
49
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.7
(Continued)
SuperI/O Configuration 6 Register (SIOCF6)
Write access to this register can be inhibited by either asserting XLOCK when it is selected on pin 53 or by setting bit 7 of
this register. Activation of each logical device (bits 0-4) is also affected by bit 0 of the logical device Activate register, index
30h and bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register.
Location:
Index 26h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
SIOCF6
Software
Lock
Reset
0
6
5
General-Purpose
Scratch
0
0
Bit
7
6-5
ACB
Disable
3
2
1
Serial Port 1 Serial Port 2 Parallel Port
Disable
Disable
Disable
0
0
0
0
Description
SIOCF6 Software Lock. Once this bit is set to 1 by software, it can be cleared only by hardware reset.
0: Write access to bits 0-6 of this register is controlled by XLOCK (default)
1: Bits 0-6 of this register are RO
General-Purpose Scratch.
4
ACB Disable.
0: Enabled (default)
1: Disabled
3
Serial Port 1 Disable.
0: Enabled (default)
1: Disabled
2
Serial Port 2 Disable.
0: Enabled (default)
1: Disabled
1
Parallel Port Disable.
0: Enabled (default)
1: Disabled
0
FDC Disable.
0: Enabled (default)
1: Disabled
2.9.8
4
SuperI/O Revision ID Register (SRID)
This register contains the identity number of the chip revision. SRID is incremented on each revision.
Location:
Index 27h
Type:
RO
www.national.com
50
0
FDC
Disable
0
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
2.9.9
SuperI/O Configuration 8 Register (SIOCF8)
Location:
Index 28h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
(Continued)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Mouse IRQ
KBD IRQ to KBD P12 to GPI to SMI WDO to SMI
VLM to SMI TMS to SMI CHASO to
to SMI
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
SMI Enable
SMI Enable SMI Enable
Enable
0
0
Bit
0
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7
VLM to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
TMS to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
CHASO to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled:
4
Mouse IRQ to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
KBD IRQ to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
KBD P12 to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
GPI to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
WDO to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
51
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.9.10 SuperI/O Configuration A Register (SIOCFA)
This is a battery-backed register.
Location:
Index 2Ah
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
6
Name
Pins 33-37
Function
Select
Pin 28
Function
Select
Reset
Strap
0
5
4
Pin 27
Function
Select
3
2
Pin 26
Function
Select
0
0
0
1
Pin 25
Function
Select
0
0
Pin 24
Function
Select
0
0
Bit
Description
7
Pins 33-37 Function Select. This is a RO bit. The function of the pin selected is determined during VSB powerup by the PSLDC0,1 straps.
0: PWBTOUT, PSON, PWBTIN, SLPS3, SLPS5
1: GPOS0, GPOS1, GPIS2, SLPS3, AVI0
6
Pin 28 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
0: GPIOE5 (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: CHASO
5-4
3
Pin 27 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
5 4
Function
0 0
0 1
1 0
Other
GPIOE4 (default at VPP power-up reset)
RING
ALARM
Reserved
Pin 26 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
0: GPIOE3 (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: LED2
2-1
0
Pin 25 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
2 1
Function
0 0
0 1
1 0
Other
GPIOE2 (default at VPP power-up reset)
LED1
OTS2 (can be enabled only if OTS1 is enabled)
Reserved
Pin 24 Function Select.
0: GPIOE1 (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: OTS1. OTS1 functionality changes when OTS2 is enabled. The following table summarizes which OTS output
is affected when an overtemperature is detected by any of the sources. A ‘Y’ indicates that the pin is active
for this condition; an ‘N’ indicates that it is inactive.
1 OTS Pin
2 OTS Pins
Source
www.national.com
OTS1
OTS1
OTS2
Remote 1
Y
Y
N
Remote 2
Y
N
Y
52
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.9.11 SuperI/O Configuration B Register (SIOCFB)
This is a battery-backed register.
Location:
Index 2Bh
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
Name
6
Reserved
Reset
0
0
5
4
Intrusion
Level
Intrusion
Status
X
1
Bit
7-6
3
2
LED Mode Control
0
0
Pin 59
Function
Select
Pin 58
Function
Select
0
0
Reserved.
Intrusion Level. This is a RO bit that reflects the value of pin 29 (CHASI)—either 0 or 1.
4
Intrusion Status. Write 0 to this bit to clear it.
0: No intrusion
1: Intrusion detected (default at VPP power-up reset)
1
0
Description
5
3-2
1
LED Mode Control. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
3 2
Function
0
0
1
1
Software mode (default at VPP power-up reset)
Hardware mode 1 (default when power supply control is disabled by PSLDC0,1 straps)
Hardware mode 2
Reserved
0
1
0
1
Pin 59 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
0: GPIE7 (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: IRRX1
0
Pin 58 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.
0: GPIE6 (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: IRRX2_IRSL0
53
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.9.12 SuperI/O Configuration C Register (SIOCFC)
This is a battery-backed register.
Location:
Index 2Ch
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
LED
Power LED
Configura- Status in
tion
S4 or S5
Name
Reset
0
0
Bit
7
5
4
3
2
LED2 Blink Rate
0
0
1
0
LED1 Blink Rate
0
0
0
0
Description
LED Configuration.
0: One dual-colored LED (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: Two LEDs
6
Power LED Status in S4 or S5. This bit is active only when Hardware mode 2 is selected (bits 2-3 in the SIOCFB register).
0: Turn off (default at VDD power off)
1: Unchanged
5-3
2-0
LED2 Blink Rate.
Bits
5 4 3
Rate (Hz) Duty Cycle
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Off
0.25
0.5
1
2
3
4
On
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Always low
12.5%
25%
50%1
50%
50%
50%
Always high (default at VPP power-up reset)
LED1 Blink Rate.
Bits
2 1 0
Rate (Hz) Duty Cycle
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Off
0.25
0.5
1
2
3
4
On
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Always low (default at VPP power-up reset)
12.5%
25%
50%
50%
50%
50%
Always high
1. When Hardware mode 1 is selected, this rate is set when VSB is powered up or when VDD becomes inactive
while VSB is active.
www.national.com
54
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.9.13 SuperI/O Configuration D Register (SIOCFD)
This is a battery-backed register.
Location:
Index 2Dh
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
6
LED Polarity Last PSON
Control
State
Name
Reset
0
0
5
PSON
Polarity
Strap
Bit
7
4
3
Crowbar Timeout
1
1
2
1
Resume
Power
Last PSON
Supply Off
State
0
0
0
Power
Button
Mode
0
Description
LED Polarity Control. This is a R/W bit. It determines if the LED outputs are active high or active low when
they are lit.
0: Active high (default at VSB power-up reset)
1: Active low
6
Last Power Supply On State. This is a RO bit. When operating in Legacy mode (bit 0 of this register is set to
0), this bit reflects the state of the PSON pin sampled during the last power failure (no VSB), regardless of the
polarity of PSON.
0: Off
1: On
5
Power Supply On Polarity. This is a RO bit. The polarity of PSON is determined during VSB power-up by the
PSONPOL strap.
4-3
Crowbar Timeout. This is a R/W bit.
Bits
5 4
Value (Seconds)
0
0
1
1
0.4 to 0.9 (typical 0.6)
0.9 to 1.4 (typical 1.1)
1.4 to 1.9 (typical 1.6)
1.9 to 2.5 (typical 2.1) (default at VPP power-up reset)
0
1
0
1
Note that for any specific condition, there is a minimum gap of 0.25 seconds between the actual high limit of a timeout setting and the low limit of the next time-out setting.
2
Resume Last Power Supply On State. This is a R/W bit. When it is set to 1, PSON resumes its last state, sampled
during the last power failure, after power returns. When this bit is set to 0, the PSON state is determined by the
SLPS3 state.
0: SLPS3 (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: Last PSON state. For correct operation, the system’s ACPI controller must be configured to resume to OFF.
This enables the power supply control logic to know the state of the chipset ACPI state machine after power
failure (no VDD and VSB).
1
Power Supply Off. This is a R/W bit. It always returns 0 when read. When using Legacy mode (bit 0 is set to
0) and setting this bit to 1, this bit inactivates the PSON output, thereby shutting off the power supply.
0: No action (default at VPP power-up reset)
1: Inactivate PSON in Legacy mode
0
Power Button Mode. This is a R/W bit.
0: Legacy (default at VSB power-up reset)
1: ACPI
55
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.10 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) CONFIGURATION
2.10.1 General Description
The generic FDC is a standard FDC with a digital data separator and is DP8473 and N82077 software compatible. The
PC87365 FDC supports 14 of the 17 standard FDC signals described in the generic Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) chapter,
including:
●
FM and MFM modes are supported. To select either mode, set bit 6 of the first command byte when writing to/reading from a diskette, where:
0 = FM mode
1 = MFM mode
●
A logic 1 is returned for all floating (TRI-STATE) FDC register bits upon LPC I/O read cycles.
Exceptions to standard FDC support include:
●
Automatic media sense is not supported (MSEN0-1 pins are not implemented)
●
DRATE1 is not supported.
Table 17 lists the FDC functional block registers.
Table 17. FDC Registers
Offset1
Mnemonic
00h
SRA
Status A
RO
01h
SRB
Status B
RO
02h
DOR
Digital Output
R/W
03h
TDR
Tape Drive
R/W
04h
MSR
Main Status
R
DSR
Data Rate Select
05h
FIFO
Data (FIFO)
06h
Register Name
Type
W
R/W
N/A
07h
X
DIR
Digital Input
R
CCR
Configuration Control
W
1. This is the 8-byte aligned FDC base address.
2.10.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC) Configuration
Table 18 lists the Configuration registers that affect the FDC. Only the last two registers (F0h and F1h) are described here.
See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.
Table 18. FDC Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register and bit 0 of the SIOCF6 register. R/W
60h
Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.
R/W
03h
61h
Base Address LSB register bits 2 and 0 (for A2 and A0) are read only, 00b.
R/W
F2h
70h
Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
06h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write; other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
DMA Channel Select.
R/W
02h
75h
Report no second DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h
FDC Configuration register.
R/W
24h
F1h
Drive ID register.
R/W
00h
www.national.com
56
00h
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.10.3 FDC Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to 24h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
Reserved
TDR
Register
Mode
DENSEL
Polarity
Control
Reserved
Write
Protect
Reset
0
0
1
0
0
Required
0
Name
Bit
2
1
PC-AT or
PS/2 Drive Reserved
Mode Select
1
0
0
TRI-STATE
Control
0
0
Description
7
Reserved. Must be 0.
6
TDR Register Mode.
0: PC-AT compatible drive mode; i.e., bits 7-2 of the TDR are 111111b (default)
1: Enhanced drive mode
5
DENSEL Polarity Control.
0: Active low for 500 Kbps or 1 Mbps data rates
1: Active high for 500 Kbps or 1 Mbps data rates (default)
4
Reserved. Must be 0.
3
Write Protect. This bit allows software to force write protect functionality. When set, writes to the floppy disk
drive are disabled. This effect is identical to WP when it is active.
0: Write protected according to WP signal (default)
1: Write protected regardless of value of WP signal
2
PC-AT or PS/2 Drive Mode Select.
0: PS/2 drive mode
1: PC-AT drive mode (default)
1
Reserved.
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
57
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.10.4 Drive ID Register
This read/write register is reset by hardware to 00h. This register controls bits 5 and 4 of the TDR register in Enhanced mode.
Location:
Index F1h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
Reserved
Reset
0
Bit
0
2
1
Drive 1 ID
0
0
0
0
Drive 0 ID
0
0
0
Description
7-4
Reserved.
3-2
Drive 1 ID. When drive 1 is accessed, these bits are reflected on bits 5-4 of the TDR register, respectively.
1-0
Drive 0 ID. When drive 0 is accessed, these bits are reflected on bits 5-4 of the TDR register, respectively.
Usage Hints: Some BIOS implementations support automatic media sense FDDs, in which case bit 5 of the TDR register
in Enhanced mode is interpreted as valid media sense when it is cleared to 0. If drive 0 and/or drive 1 do not support automatic media sense, bits 1 and/or 3 of the Drive ID register should be set to 1 (to indicate non-valid media sense). When the
corresponding drive (0 or 1) is selected, the Drive ID bit is reflected in bit 5 of the TDR register in Enhanced mode.
www.national.com
58
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.11 PARALLEL PORT CONFIGURATION
2.11.1 General Description
The PC87365 Parallel Port supports all IEEE1284 standard communication modes: Compatibility (known also as Standard
or SPP), Bi-directional (known also as PS/2), FIFO, EPP (known also as Mode 4) and ECP (with an optional Extended ECP
mode).
The Parallel Port includes two groups of runtime registers, as follows:
•
A group of 21 registers at first level offset, sharing 14 entries. Three of this registers (at offsets 403h, 404h and 405h)
are used only in the Extended ECP mode.
•
A group of four registers, used only in the Extended ECP mode, accessed by a second level offset.
The desired mode is selected by the ECR runtime register (offset 402h). The selected mode determines which runtime registers are used and which address bits are used for the base address. See Tables 19 and 20 for a listing of all registers, their
offset addresses and the associated modes.
Table 19. Parallel Port Registers at First Level Offset
Offset
Mnemonic
Mode(s)
Type
00h
DATAR
0,1
R/W
AFIFO
3
W
DTR
4
R/W
Data (for EPP)
DSR
0,1,2,3
RO
Status
STR
4
RO
Status (for EPP)
DCR
0,1,2,3
R/W
Control
CTR
4
R/W
Control (for EPP)
03h
ADDR
4
R/W
EPP Address
04h
DATA0
4
R/W
EPP Data Port 0
05h
DATA1
4
R/W
EPP Data Port 1
06h
DATA2
4
R/W
EPP Data Port 2
07h
DATA3
4
R/W
EPP Data Port 3
400h
CFIFO
DFIFO
TFIFO
CNFGA
2
3
6
7
W
R/W
R/W
RO
PP Data FIFO
ECP Data FIFO
Test FIFO
Configuration A
401h
CNFGB
7
RO
Configuration B
402h
ECR
0,1,2,3
R/W
Extended Control
403h
EIR1
0,1,2,3
R/W
Extended Index
404h
EDR1
0,1,2,3
R/W
Extended Data
405h
EAR1
0,1,2,3
R/W
Extended Auxiliary Status
01h
02h
Register Name
Data
ECP FIFO (Address)
1. These registers are extended to the standard IEEE1284 registers. They are accessible only when enabled by bit 4 of the Parallel Port Configuration register (see Section
2.11.3).
Table 20. Parallel Port Registers at Second Level Offset
Offset
Mnemonic
Type
00h
Control0
R/W
Extended Control 0
02h
Control2
R/W
Extended Control 1
04h
Control4
R/W
Extended Control 4
05h
PP Confg0
R/W
Configuration 0
59
Register Name
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.11.2 Logical Device 1 (PP) Configuration
Table 21 lists the configuration registers that affect the Parallel Port. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.
Table 21. Parallel Port Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register.
R/W
00h
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. Bit 2 (for
A10) should be 0b.
R/W
02h
61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 1 and 0 (A1 and A0) are read only, 00b. For ECP
Mode 4 (EPP) or when using the Extended registers, bit 2 (A2) should also be 0b.
R/W
78h
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
07h
71h Interrupt Type
Bits 7-2 are read only.
Bit 1 is a read/write bit.
Bit 0 is read only. It reflects the interrupt type dictated by the Parallel Port operation
mode. This bit is set to 1 (level interrupt) in Extended Mode and cleared (edge
interrupt) in all other modes.
R/W
02h
74h DMA Channel Select.
R/W
04h
75h Report no second DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h Parallel Port Configuration register.
R/W
F2h
www.national.com
60
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.11.3 Parallel Port Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to F2h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
Parallel Port Mode Select
Reset
1
1
Bit
7-5
5
1
4
3
Extended
Register
Access
1
2
Reserved
0
0
1
0
Power
Mode
Control
TRI-STATE
Control
1
0
Description
Parallel Port Mode Select.
Bits
7 6 5
0 0 0
0 0 1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
SPP-Compatible mode
PD7-0 are always output signals
SPP Extended mode
PD7-0 direction is controlled by software
EPP 1.7 mode
EPP 1.9 mode
ECP mode (IEEE1284 register set), with no support for EPP mode
Reserved
Reserved
ECP mode (IEEE1284 register set), with EPP mode selectable as Mode 4
Selection of EPP 1.7 or 1.9 in ECP Mode 4 is controlled by bit 4 of the Control2 configuration register of
the parallel port at offset 02h.
Note: Before setting bits 7-5, enable the parallel port and set CTR/DCR (at base address + 2) to C4h.
4
3-2
Extended Register Access.
0: Registers at base (address) + 403h, base + 404h and base + 405h are not accessible (reads and writes are ignored).
1: Registers at base (address) + 403h, base + 404h and base + 405h are accessible. This option supports runtime configuration within the Parallel Port address space.
Reserved.
1
Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active:
0: Parallel port clock disabled. ECP modes and EPP time-out are not functional when the logical device is
active. Registers are maintained.
1: Parallel port clock enabled. All operation modes are functional when the logical device is active (default).
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
61
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.12 SERIAL PORT 2 CONFIGURATION
2.12.1 General Description
Serial Port 2 includes IR functionality as described in the Serial Port 2 with IR chapter.
2.12.2 Logical Device 2 (SP2) Configuration
Table 22 lists the configuration registers that affect the Serial Port 2. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.
Table 22. Serial Port 2 Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register and bit 2 of the SIOCF6 register. R/W
00h
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.
R/W
02h
61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b.
R/W
F8h
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
03h
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is R/W; other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h DMA Channel Select 0 (RX_DMA).
R/W
04h
75h DMA Channel Select 1 (TX_DMA).
R/W
04h
F0h Serial Port 2 Configuration register.
R/W
02h
2.12.3 Serial Port 2 Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to 02h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Bank
Select
Enable
Reset
0
Bit
7
6-3
6
5
4
3
Reserved
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Busy
Indicator
Power
Mode
Control
TRI-STATE
Control
0
1
0
Description
Bank Select Enable. Enables bank switching for Serial Port 2.
0: All attempts to access the extended registers in Serial Port 2 are ignored (default).
1: Enables bank switching for Serial Port 2.
Reserved.
2
Busy Indicator. This read only bit can be used by power management software to decide when to power-down
the Serial Port 2 logical device.
0: No transfer in progress (default).
1: Transfer in progress.
1
Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active in:
0: Low power mode
Serial Port 2 Clock disabled. The output signals are set to their default states. The RI input signal can be
programmed to generate an interrupt. Registers are maintained. (Unlike Active bit in Index 30 that also
prevents access to Serial Port 2 registers.)
1: Normal power mode
Serial Port 2 clock enabled. Serial Port 2 is functional when the logical device is active (default).
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.
One exception is the IRTX pin, which is driven to 0 when Serial Port 2 is inactive and is not affected by this bit.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
62
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.13 SERIAL PORT 1 CONFIGURATION
2.13.1 Logical Device 3 (SP1) Configuration
Table 23 lists the configuration registers that affect the Serial Port 2. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.
Table 23. Serial Port 1 Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register and bit 3 of the SIOCF6 register. R/W
00h
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.
R/W
03h
61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b.
R/W
F8h
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
04h
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is R/W; other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h Report no DMA Assignment.
RO
04h
75h Report no DMA Assignment.
RO
04h
F0h Serial Port 1 Configuration register.
R/W
02h
2.13.2 Serial Port 1 Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to 02h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
0
Bit
6-3
5
Bank
Select
Enable
Reset
7
6
4
3
Reserved
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Busy
Indicator
Power
Mode
Control
TRI-STATE
Control
0
1
0
Description
Bank Select Enable. Enables bank switching for Serial Port 1.
0: Disabled (default).
1: Enabled
Reserved.
2
Busy Indicator. This read only bit can be used by power management software to decide when to power-down
the Serial Port 1 logical device.
0: No transfer in progress (default).
1: Transfer in progress.
1
Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active in:
0: Low power mode
Serial Port 1 Clock disabled. The output signals are set to their default states. The RI input signal can be
programmed to generate an interrupt. Registers are maintained. (Unlike Active bit in Index 30 that also
prevents access to Serial Port 1 registers.)
1: Normal power mode
Serial Port 1 clock enabled. Serial Port 1 is functional when the logical device is active (default).
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
63
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.14 SYSTEM WAKE-UP CONTROL (SWC) CONFIGURATION
2.14.1 Logical Device 4 (SWC) Configuration
Table 24 lists the configuration registers that affect the SWC. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of these
registers.
Table 24. System Wake-Up Control (SWC) Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not
accessible.1
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register.
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 4-0 (for A4-0) are read only, 00000b.
R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number (see note, p. 35).
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
1. The logical device registers are maintained and all wake-up detection mechanisms are functional.
www.national.com
64
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.15 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC) CONFIGURATION
2.15.1 General Description
The KBC is implemented physically as a single hardware module and houses two separate logical devices: a Mouse controller (Logical Device 5) and a Keyboard controller (Logical Device 6).
The hardware KBC module is integrated to provide the following pin functions: P12, P16, P17, KBRST (P20), GA20 (P21),
KBDAT, KBCLK, MDAT and MCLK. KBRST and GA20 are implemented as bi-directional, open-drain pins. The Keyboard
and Mouse interfaces are implemented as bi-directional, open-drain pins. Their internal connections are shown in Figure 6.
P10, P11, P13-P15, P22-P27 of the KBC core are not available on dedicated pins; neither are T0 and T1. P10, P11, P22,
P23, P26, P27, T0 and T1 are used to implement the Keyboard and Mouse interface.
Internal pull-ups are implemented only on P12, P16 and P17.
The KBC executes a program fetched from an on-chip 2Kbyte ROM. The code programmed in this ROM is user-customizable. The KBC has two interrupt request signals: one for the Keyboard and one for the Mouse. The interrupt requests are
implemented using ports P24 and P25 of the KBC core. The interrupt requests are controlled exclusively by the KBC firmware, except for the type and number, which are affected by configuration registers (see Section 2.15.2 25).
The interrupt requests are implemented as bi-directional signals. When an I/O port is read, all unused bits return the value
latched in the output registers of the ports.
For KBC firmware that implements interrupt-on-OBF schemes, it is recommended to implement it as follows:
1. Put the data in DBBOUT.
2. Set the appropriate port bit to issue an interrupt request.
KBC
Internal Interface Bus
STATUS
DBBIN
DBBOUT
P12
P12
P16
P16
P17
P17
P20
KBRST
P21
GA20
P26
KBCLK
T0
P27
KBDAT
P10
P23
KBD IRQ
T1
P24
Matrix
Mouse IRQ
MCLK
P22
P25
MDAT
P11
Figure 6. Keyboard and Mouse Interfaces
65
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.15.2 Logical Devices 5 and 6 (Mouse and Keyboard) Configuration
Tables 25 and 26 list the configuration registers that affect the Mouse and the Keyboard, respectively. Only the last register
(F0h) is described here. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.
Table 25. Mouse Configuration Registers
Index
Mouse Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1. When the Mouse of the KBC is inactive, the
IRQ selected by the Mouse Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register
(index 70h) is not asserted. This register has no effect on host KBC commands
handling the PS/2 Mouse.
R/W
00h
70h
Mouse Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
0Ch
71h
Mouse Interrupt Type. Bits 1,0 are read/write; other bits are read only.
R/W
02h
74h
Report no DMA assignment
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment
RO
04h
Type
Reset
R/W
01h
Table 26. Keyboard Configuration Registers
Index
Keyboard Configuration Register or Action
30h
Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1.
60h
Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 2-0 are read only 000b.
R/W
60h
62h
Command Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only,
00000b.
R/W
00h
63h
Command Base Address LSB. Bits 2-0 are read only 100b.
R/W
64h
70h
KBD Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
01h
71h
KBD Interrupt Type. Bits 1,0 are read/write; others are read only.
R/W
02h
74h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h
KBC Configuration register.
R/W
40h
www.national.com
66
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.15.3 KBC Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to 40h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
KBC Clock Source
Reset
Required
0
1
Bit
7-6
5-4
3
2-1
0
5
4
Reserved
0
3
2
Swap
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
TRI-STATE
Control
0
Description
KBC Clock Source. The clock source can be changed only when the KBC is inactive (disabled).
Bits
7 6
Source
0
0
1
1
8 MHz
12 MHz (default)
16 MHz
Reserved
0
1
0
1
Reserved.
Swap. This bit swaps between the KBD and Mouse interface pins.
0: KBCLK and KBDAT are KBD interface; MCLK and MDAT are Mouse interface (default)
1: KBCLK and KBDAT are Mouse interface, MCLK and MDAT are KBD interface
Reserved.
TRI-STATE Control. If KBD is inactive (disabled) when this bit is set, the KBD pins (KBCLK and KBDAT) are in TRISTATE. If Mouse is inactive (disabled) when this bit is set, the Mouse pins (MCLK and MDAT) are in TRI-STATE.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
Usage Hints:
To change the clock frequency of the KBC:
1. Disable the KBC logical devices.
2. Change the frequency setting.
3. Enable the KBC logical devices.
4. Before swapping between the KBD and Mouse interface pins, disable the KBC logical devices and both pin sets. After
swapping, the software should issue a synchronization command to the KBD and mouse through the KBC to regain synchronization with these devices.
67
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.16 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) PORTS CONFIGURATION
2.16.1 General Description
The GPIO functional block includes 29 pins, arranged in three 8-bit ports (ports 0, 1 and 2) and one 5-bit port (port 3). All
pins in port 0 are I/O and have full event detection capability, enabling them to trigger the assertion of IRQ, SMI and
PWUREQ signals. With the exception of bit 5, which is output only, port 1 pins are also I/O with full event detection capability.
Pins in ports 2 and 3 are I/O but none of them has event detection capability. The 16 runtime registers associated with the
five ports are arranged in the GPIO address space as shown in Table 27. The GPIO base address is 16-byte aligned. Address bits 3-0 are used to indicate the register offset.
Table 27. Runtime Registers in GPIO Address Space
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
00h
GPDO0
GPIO Data Out 0
01h
GPDI0
GPIO Data In 0
Port
Type
0
R/W
RO
02h
GPEVEN0 GPIO Event Enable 0
R/W
03h
GPEVST0 GPIO Event Status 0
R/W1C
04h
05h
GPDO1
GPIO Data Out 1
GPDI1
GPIO Data In 1
06h
GPEVEN1 GPIO Event Enable 1
07h
GPEVST1 GPIO Event Status 1
08h
GPDO2
Data Out 2
09h
GPDI2
Data In 2
0Ah
GPDO3
Data Out 3
0Bh
GPDI3
Data In 3
1
R/W
RO
R/W
R/W1C
2
R/W
RO
3
R/W
RO
2.16.2 Implementation
The standard GPIO port with event detection capability (such as ports 0, 1 and 4) has four runtime registers. Each pin is
associated with a GPIO Pin Configuration register that includes seven configuration bits. Ports 2 and 3 are non-standard
ports that do not support event detection and therefore differ from the generic model as follows:
●
They each have two runtime registers for basic functionality: GPDO2/3 and GPDI2/3. Event detection registers
GPEVEN2/3 and GPEVST2/3 are not available.
●
Only bits 3-0 are implemented in the GPIO Pin Configuration registers of ports 2 and 3. Bits 6-4, associated with the
event detection functionality, are reserved.
www.national.com
68
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.16.3 Logical Device 7 (GPIO) Configuration
Table 28 lists the configuration registers that affect the GPIO. Only the last three registers (F0h - F2h) are described here.
See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.
Table 28. GPIO Configuration Register
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. See also bit 7 of the SIOCF1 register.
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register.
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 3-0 (for A3-0) are read only, 0000b.
R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number (see note, p. 35).
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h
GPIO Pin Select register.
R/W
00h
F1h
GPIO Pin Configuration register.
R/W
00h
F2h
GPIO Pin Event Routing register.
R/W
00h
Figure 7 shows the organization of these registers.
GPIO Pin Select Register
(Index F0h)
Port Select
Port 0
Pin Select
Pin 0
GPIO Pin
Configuration Register
(Index F1h)
Port 3, Pin 0
Port 2, Pin 0
Port 1, Pin 0
Port 0, Pin 0
Configuration Registers
Port 0, Pin 7
Port 3
Pin 7
Pin 0
Port 1, Pin 0
Port 0, Pin 0
Port 0
GPIO Pin Event
Routing Register
(Index F2h)
Event Routing
Registers
Port 1
Port 0, Pin 7
Pin 7
Figure 7. Organization of GPIO Pin Registers
69
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.16.4 GPIO Pin Select Register
This register selects the GPIO pin (port number and bit number) to be configured (i.e., which register is accessed via the
GPIO Pin Configuration register). It is reset by hardware to 00h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reserved
Reset
0
Bit
7
6-4
3
2-0
6
5
4
Port Select
0
0
3
2
Reserved
0
0
1
Pin Select
0
0
Description
Reserved.
Port Select. These bits select the GPIO port to be configured:
000: Port 0 (default)
001, 010, 011: Binary value of port numbers 1-3, respectively. All other values are reserved.
Reserved.
Pin Select. These bits select the GPIO pin to be configured in the selected port:
000, 001, ... 111: Binary value of the pin number, 0, 1, ... 7 respectively (default=0)
www.national.com
70
0
0
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.16.5 GPIO Pin Configuration Register
This register reflects, for both read and write, the register currently selected by the GPIO Pin Select register. All the GPIO
Pin registers that are accessed via this register have a common bit structure, as shown below. This register is reset by hardware to 44h, except for ports 2 and 3, which are reset to 04h.
Location:
Type:
Index F1h
R/W
Ports: 0 and 1 (with event detection capability)
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Reserved
Event
Debounce
Enable
Event
Polarity
Event Type
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
Reset
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
0
1
0
0
Ports 2 and 3 (without event detection capability)
Bit
7
6
Name
5
Reserved
Reset
0
Bit
0
0
0
Description
7
Reserved.
6
Event Debounce Enable. (Ports 0 and 1 with event detection capability). Enables transferring the signal only
after a predetermined debouncing period of time.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
Reserved. (Ports 2 and 3.) Always 0.
5
Event Polarity. (Ports 0 and 1 with event detection capability). This bit defines the polarity of the signal that
issues an interrupt from the corresponding GPIO pin (falling/low or rising/high).
0: Falling edge or low-level input (default)
1: Rising edge or high-level input
Reserved. (Ports 2 and 3.) Always 0.
4
Event Type. (Ports 0 and 1 with event detection capability). This bit defines the type of the signal that issues
an interrupt from the corresponding GPIO pin (edge or level).
0: Edge input (default)
1: Level input
Reserved. (Ports 2 and 3.) Always 0.
3
Lock. This bit locks the corresponding GPIO pin. Once this bit is set to 1 by software, it can only be cleared to
0 by system reset or power-off. Pin multiplexing is functional until the Multiplexing Lock bit is 1 (bit 7 of SuperI/O
Configuration 3 register, SIOCF3).
0: No effect (default)
1: Direction, output type, pull-up and output value locked
2
Pull-Up Control. This bit is used to enable/disable the internal pull-up capability of the corresponding GPIO pin.
It supports internal pull-ups for the open-drain output buffer type.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
Output Type. This bit controls the output buffer type (open-drain or push-pull) of the corresponding GPIO pin.
0: Open-drain (default)
1: Push-pull
0
Output Enable. This bit indicates the GPIO pin output state. It has no effect on the input path.
0: TRI-STATE (default)
1: Output enabled
71
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.16.6 GPIO Event Routing Register
This register enables the routing of the GPIO event to IRQ, SMI and/or PWUREQ signals. It is implemented only for ports
0,1 and 4, which have event detection capability. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.
Location:
Index F2h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
4
3
0
0
Bit
0
0
Description
Reserved.
2
Enable PWUREQ Routing.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
Enable SMI Routing.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
Enable IRQ Routing.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
www.national.com
2
Enable
PWUREQ
Routing
Reserved
Reset
7-3
5
72
0
0
1
0
Enable SMI Enable IRQ
Routing
Routing
0
1
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.17 ACCESS.BUS INTERFACE (ACB) CONFIGURATION
2.17.1 General Description
The ACB is a two-wire synchronous serial interface compatible with the ACCESS.bus physical layer. The ACB uses a 24
MHz internal clock.
The six runtime registers are shown below.
Table 29. ACB Runtime Registers
Offset Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
00h
ACBSDA
ACB Serial Data
01h
ACBST
ACB Status
Varies per bit
02h
ACBCST
ACB Control Status
Varies per bit
03h
ACBCTL1
ACB Control 1
04h
ACBADDR ACB Own Address
R/W
05h
ACBCTL2
R/W
ACB Control 2
R/W
R/W
2.17.2 Logical Device 8 (ACB) Configuration
Table 30 lists the configuration registers that affect the ACB. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sections
2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.
Table 30. ACB Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register.
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register.
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b.
R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h
ACB Configuration register.
R/W
00h
73
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.17.3 ACB Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
0
Bit
2
1-0
4
3
0
0
0
Description
Reserved.
Internal Pull-Up Enable.
0: No internal pull-up resistors on SCL and SDA (default)
1: Internal pull-up resistors on SCL and SDA
Reserved.
www.national.com
2
1
Internal
Pull-Up
Enable
Reserved
Reset
7-3
5
74
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.18 FAN SPEED CONTROL AND MONITOR (FSCM) CONFIGURATION
2.18.1 General Description
This module includes three Fan Speed Control units and three Fan Speed Monitor units. The 15 runtime registers of the six
functional blocks are arranged in the address space shown in Table 31. The base address is 16-byte aligned. Address bits
0-3 are used to indicate the register offset.
Table 31. Runtime Registers in FSCM Address Space
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
00h
FCPSR0
Fan Control 0 Pre-Scale
01h
FCDCR0
Fan Control 0 Duty Cycle
02h
FCPSR1
Fan Control 1 Pre-Scale
03h
FCDCR1
Fan Control 1 Duty Cycle
04h
FCPSR2
Fan Control 2 Pre-Scale
05h
FCDCR2
Fan Control 2 Duty Cycle
06h
FMTHR0
Fan Monitor 0 Threshold
07h
FMSPR0
Fan Monitor 0 Speed
08h
FMCSR0
Fan Monitor 0 Control & Status
09h
FMTHR1
Fan Monitor 1 Threshold
0Ah
FMSPR1
Fan Monitor 1 Speed
0Bh
FMCSR1
Fan Monitor 1 Control & Status
0Ch
FMTHR2
Fan Monitor 2 Threshold
0Dh
FMSPR2
Fan Monitor 2 Speed
FMCSR2
Fan Monitor 2 Control & Status
0Eh
0Fh
Function
Fan Speed Control 0
Fan Speed Control 1
Fan Speed Control 2
Fan Speed Monitor 0
Fan Speed Monitor 1
Fan Speed Monitor 2
Reserved
2.18.2 Logical Device 9 (FSCM) Configuration
Table 32 lists the configuration registers that affect the Fan Speed Controls and the Fan Speed Monitors. Only the last one
(F0h) is described here. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.
Table 32. FSCM Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register.
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register.
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bit 3-0 (for A3-0) are read only, 0000b.
R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h
Fan Speed Control and Monitor Configuration 1 register.
R/W
00h
F1h
Fan Speed Control and Monitor Configuration 2 register
R/W
00h
F2h
Fan Speed Control OTS Configuration register
R/W
00h
75
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.18.3 Fan Speed Control and Monitor Configuration 1 Register
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
Fan Speed Fan Speed Fan Speed Fan Speed Fan Speed Fan Speed
Invert 1
Control 1 Monitor 1
Invert 0
Control 0 Monitor 0
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Name
Reset
0
0
Bit
0
0
0
0
1
0
Reserved
TRI-STATE
Control
0
0
Description
7
Fan Speed Invert 1 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
Fan Speed Control 1 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
Fan Speed Monitor 1 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
Fan Speed Invert 0 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Fan Speed Control 0 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
Fan Speed Monitor 0 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
Reserved.
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
76
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.18.4 Fan Speed Control and Monitor Configuration 2 Register
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.
Location:
Index F1h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
3
0
0
0
Bit
2
1
0
Fan Speed Fan Speed Fan Speed
Invert 2
Control 2 Monitor 2
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
7-3
4
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
Fan 2
Enable on
OTS
Fan 1
Enable on
OTS
Fan 0
Enable on
OTS
0
0
0
Description
Reserved.
2
Fan Speed Invert 2 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
Fan Speed Control 2 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
Fan Speed Monitor 2 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2.18.5 Fan Speed Control OTS Configuration Register (FCOCR)
Location:
Index F2h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
Reserved
Reset
0
Bit
7-3
0
0
0
0
Description
Reserved.
2
Fan 2 Enable on OTS. Enables fan 2 at 100% duty cycle when an OTS event becomes active.
0: Fan 2 operates as defined by the PWM mechanism
1: Fan 2 is forced to 100% duty cycle when the OTS output form any of the temperature measurement channels
becomes active.
1
Fan 1 Enable on OTS. Enables fan 1 at 100% duty cycle when an OTS event becomes active.
0: Fan 1 operates as defined by the PWM mechanism
1: Fan 1 is forced to 100% duty cycle when the OTS output form any of the temperature measurement channels
becomes active.
0
Fan 0 Enable on OTS. Enables fan 0 at 100% duty cycle when an OTS event becomes active.
0: Fan 0 operates as defined by the PWM mechanism
1: Fan 0 is forced to 100% duty cycle when the OTS output form any of the temperature measurement channels
becomes active.
77
www.national.com
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.19 WATCHDOG TIMER (WDT) CONFIGURATION
2.19.1 Logical Device 10 (WDT) Configuration
Table 33 lists the configuration registers that affect the WATCHDOG Timer. Only the last register (F0h) is described here.
See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.
Table 33. WDT Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not
accessible.
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register.
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 1 and 0 (for A1 and A0) are read only, 00b. R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number (for routing the WDO signal) and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable
register (see note, p. 35).
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment.
RO
04h
F0h
WATCHDOG Timer Configuration register.
R/W
02h
2.19.2 WATCHDOG Timer Configuration Register
This register is reset by hardware to 02h.
Location:
Index F0h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
4
Reserved
Reset
0
Bit
7-4
5
0
0
3
2
1
0
Output
Type
Internal
Pull-Up
Enable
Power
Mode
Control
TRI-STATE
Control
0
0
1
0
0
Description
Reserved.
3
Output Type. This bit controls the buffer type (open-drain or push-pull) of the WDO pin.
0: Open-drain (default)
1: Push-pull
2
Internal Pull-Up Enable. This bit controls the internal pull-up resistor on the WDO pin.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
Power Mode Control.
0: Low power mode:
WATCHDOG Timer clock disabled. WDO output signal is set to 1. Registers are accessible and maintained
(unlike Active bit in Index 30h that also prevents access to WATCHDOG Timer registers).
1: Normal power mode:
WATCHDOG Timer clock enabled. WATCHDOG Timer is functional when the logical device is active (default).
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
78
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration
(Continued)
2.20 VOLTAGE LEVEL MONITOR (VLM) CONFIGURATION
2.20.1 Logical Device 13 (VLM) Configuration
Table 34 lists the configuration registers that affect the VLM. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of these
registers.
Table 34. VLM Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not
accessible.
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 3-0 (for A3-0) are read only, 0000b.
R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment
RO
04h
2.21 TEMPERATURE SENSOR (TMS) CONFIGURATION
2.21.1 Logical Device 14 (TMS) Configuration
Table 35 lists the configuration registers that affect the TMS. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of these
registers.The OTS, ALERT, IRQ and SMI signals are routed through the configuration module. OTS is routed to a pin, IRQ
and SMI are routed to a designated interrupt signal and ALERT is not connected.
Table 35. TMS Configuration Registers
Index
Configuration Register or Action
Type
Reset
30h
Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not
accessible.
R/W
00h
60h
Base Address MSB register
R/W
00h
61h
Base Address LSB register. Bits 3-0 (for A3-0) are read only, 0000b.
R/W
00h
70h
Interrupt Number
R/W
00h
71h
Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.
R/W
03h
74h
Report no DMA assignment
RO
04h
75h
Report no DMA assignment
RO
04h
79
www.national.com
3.0
3.1
System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
OVERVIEW
The SWC recognizes the following maskable system events:
●
Modem ring (RI1 and RI2 pins).
●
Telephone ring (RING input pin).
●
Keyboard activity or specific programmable key sequence.
●
Mouse activity or specific programmable sequence of clicks and movements.
●
Programmable Consumer Electronics IR (CEIR) address.
●
Wake-up on module IRQs for FDC, Parallel Port, Serial Ports 1 and 2, Mouse, KBC, ACB, Fan Speed Control and
Monitor (FSCM) and WATCHDOG Timer (WDT).
●
Eight VSB-powered, general-purpose input events (via GPIOE0-5 and GPIE6-7).
●
15 VDD-powered, GPIO-triggered events (via GPIO00-07, GPIO10-14, GPIO16-17).
●
Software event.
The SWC notifies the device when any of these events occur by asserting one or more of the following output pins:
●
Power-Up Request (PWUREQ).
●
System Management Interrupt (SMI).
●
Interrupt Request (via SERIRQ).
●
Power Button (PWBTOUT).
Figure 8 shows the block diagram of the SWC.
Wake-Up
Configuration
and Control
Registers
Wake-Up
Event
Sources
16
Filters and
Polarity
Selection
Logic
16
Wake-Up
Mode Control
(Extension)
Logic
Wake-Up
Extension
Enable
Registers
Power-Supplies
(VDD, VSB) Status
System ACPI
State
16
14
100 msec
Pulse
Generator
Internal Crowbar
Indication
PWBTIN
16 msec
Debouncer
Figure 8. SWC Block Diagram
www.national.com
80
Wake-Up Event
Detection
and Routing
Logic
IRQ
SMI
PWUREQ
ACPI
Enable, Status
and Routing
Control Registers
PWBTOUT
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
In addition to the event detection and system notification capabilities, the SWC operates several general-purpose I/O pins
powered by VSB. These pins can be used to perform various tasks while VSB is present and VDD is not.
3.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The SWC monitors 16 system events or activities. Upon entering the SWC, the events pass through a filter (where applicable) and polarity adjustment logic. After filtering and polarity adjustment, each event enters the Wake-Up Mode Control (Extension) Logic, which determines its effect during the various system power states. The Wake-Up Mode Control (Extension)
Logic also controls the effect of each wake-up event on the power button output (PWBTOUT). See Figure 8 for an illustration
of this mechanism.
After the wake-up mode is determined for all events, each one of them is fed into a dedicated detector that determines when
this event is active, according to predetermined (either fixed or programmable) criteria. A set of dedicated registers is used
to determine the wake-up criteria, including the CEIR address and the keyboard sequence.
Two Wake-Up Events Status registers (WK_STSn) hold a Status bit for each of the 16 events.
Six Wake-Up Events Routing Control registers (WK_ENn WK_SMIENn and WK_IRQENn) hold three Routing Enable bits
for each of the 16 events to allow selective routing of these events to PWUREQ, SMI and/or the assigned SWC interrupt
request (IRQ) channel.
Upon detection of any active event, the corresponding Status bit is set to 1 regardless of any Routing Enable bit. If both the
Status bit and a Routing Enable bit corresponding to a specific event are set to 1 (no matter in what order), the output pin
corresponding to that Routing Enable bit is asserted. The Status bit is de-asserted by writing 1 to it. Writing 0 to a Routing
Enable bit of an event prevents it from issuing the corresponding system notification but does not affect the Status bit. Figure
9 show the routing scheme of detected wake-up events to the various means of system notification.
Wake-Up Event i
From Wake-Up
Extension Logic
Event i
Detection
WK_STSn.i
PWUREQ
WK_ENn.i
SMI
Event
Routing
Logic
WK_SMIENn.i
IRQ
WK_IRQENn.i
Figure 9. Wake-Up Events Routing Scheme
To enable the assertion of SMI by detected wake-up events, it is necessary to either select the SMI function on a device pin
or route it to an interrupt request channel via the device’s configuration registers.
81
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Six Wake-Up Extension Enable registers (WK_X1EN0,1, WK_X2EN0,1 and WK_X3EN0,1) hold three configuration bits for
each of the 16 events to allow selective routing of detected events to the Power Button (PWBTOUT) pulse generator and to
control the wake-up mode for each one of them. Figure 10 illustrates the Wake-Up Mode Control (Extension) mechanism.
Wake-Up Raw Event i
VDD Present
To Event i
Detection
Logic
Post VDD Power-On Silence
Post VSB Power-On Silence
Enable Power Button Pulse
To Power
Button
Pulse
Generator
WK_X1ENn.i
WK_X2ENn.i
WK_X3ENn.i
Figure 10. Wake-Up Mode Control (Extension) Mechanism
To operate the power button pulse generator, the PSLDC0,1 straps must be set to enable the Power Supply Control function
(see Section 2.7). In addition, one of the following conditions must be satisfied:
●
SLPS5 is active (the system is in Sleep State 5), or
●
Legacy Power Button is enabled, or
●
Power Button operation in Sleep State 3 is enabled.
The two latter conditions are determined by device configuration registers. (Refer to the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.)
In addition to monitoring various system events, the SWC operates several general-purpose I/O (GPIO) pins powered by
VSB. Four runtime data registers (SB_GPDOn and SB_GPDIn) hold a Data Out bit and a Data In bit for each VSB-powered
GPIO pin. In addition, each GPIO pin has a dedicated configuration register that controls its characteristics. These configuration registers are accessed via a set of Standby GPIO Pin Select and Pin Configuration registers (SBGPSEL and SBGPCFG). For a detailed description of the VSB powered GPIO pins, see Section 3.4.30.
The SWC logic is powered by VSB. The SWC control and configuration registers are battery backed, powered by VPP. The
setup of the wake-up events, including programmable sequences, is retained throughout power failures (no VSB) as long as
the battery is connected. VPP is taken from VSB if VSB is greater than the minimum (Min) value defined in the Device Characteristics chapter; otherwise, VBAT is used as the VPP source.
Hardware reset does not affect these registers. They are reset only by software reset or power-up of VPP.
3.3
3.3.1
EVENT DETECTION
Modem Ring
High-to-low transitions on RI1 or RI2 indicate the detection of a ring in an external modem connected to Serial Port 1 or Serial
Port 2, respectively, and can be used as wake-up events.
3.3.2
Telephone Ring
A telephone ring is detected by the SWC by processing the raw signal coming directly from the telephone line into the RING
input pin. Detection of a pulse-train with a frequency higher than 16 Hz lasting at least 0.19 sec is used as a wake-up event.
The RING pulse-train detection is achieved by monitoring the falling edges on RING in time slots of 62.5 msec (a 16 Hz
cycle). A positive detection occurs if falling edges of RING are detected in three consecutive time slots, following a time slot
in which no RING falling edge is detected. This detection method guarantees the detection of a RING pulse-train with frequencies higher than 16 Hz. It filters out (does not detect) pulses of less than 10 Hz and may detect pulses between 10 Hz
to 16 Hz.
www.national.com
82
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.3.3
(Continued)
Keyboard and Mouse Activity
The detection of either any activity or a specific predetermined keyboard or mouse activity can be used as a wake-up event.
The keyboard wake-up detection can be programmed to detect:
●
Any keystroke.
●
A specific programmable sequence of up to eight alphanumeric keystrokes.
●
Any programmable sequence of up to 8 bytes of data received from the keyboard.
The mouse wake-up detection can be programmed to detect either a mouse click or movement, a specific programmable
click (left or right) or double-clicks.
The keyboard or mouse event detection operates independently of the KBC (which is powered down with the rest of the system).
3.3.4
CEIR Address
A CEIR transmission received on an IRRX pin in a pre-selected standard (NEC, RCA or RC-5) is matched against a programmable CEIR address. Detection of a match can be used as a wake-up event.
Whenever an IR signal is detected, the receiver immediately enters the active state. When this happens, the receiver keeps
sampling the IR input signal and generates a bit string where a logic 1 indicates an idle condition and a logic 0 indicates the
presence of IR energy. The received bit string is de-serialized and assembled into 8-bit characters.
The expected CEIR protocol of the received signal should be configured through bits 5,4 at the CEIR Wake-Up Control register (see Section 3.4.22).
The CEIR Wake-Up Address register (IRWAD) holds the unique address to be compared with the address contained in the
incoming CEIR message. If CEIR is enabled (bit 0 of the IRWCR register is 1) and an address match occurs, then the CEIR
Event Status bit of the WK_STS0 register is set to 1 (see Section 3.4.2).
The CEIR Address Shift register holds the received address, which is compared with the address contained in the IRWAD.
The comparison is affected also by the CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask register (IRWAM) in which each bit determines whether to ignore the corresponding bit in the IRWAD.
If CEIR routing to interrupt request is enabled, the assigned SWC interrupt request may be used to indicate that a complete
address has been received. To get this interrupt when the address is completely received, the IRWAM should be written with
FFh. Once the interrupt is received, the value of the address can be read from the ADSR register.
Another parameter used to determine whether a CEIR signal is to be considered valid is the bit cell time width. There are
four time ranges for the different protocols and carrier frequencies. Four pairs of registers define the low and high limits of
each time range. (See Sections 3.4.29 through for more details regarding the recommended values for each protocol.)
The CEIR address detection operates independently of the serial port with the IR (which is powered down with the rest of
the system).
3.3.5
Standby General-Purpose Input Events
A general-purpose event is defined as the detection of falling edge or rising edge on a specific signal. Each signal’s event
is configurable via software. GPIOE0-5 and GPIE6-7 may trigger a system notification by any of the means mentioned in
Section 3.1.
A debouncer of 16 ms is enabled (default) on each event. It may be disabled by software.
3.3.6
GPIO-Triggered Events
A GPIO-triggered event is defined as the detection of falling edge or rising edge on a specific GPIO signal whose status bit
is routed to PWUREQ. Each signal’s event is configurable via software in the GPIO logical device configuration registers.
GPIO00-07, GPIO10-14, GPIO16-17 may trigger a system notification only by PWUREQ. Other means of system notification
triggered by GPIOs are available via the GPIO logical device configuration registers.
A debouncer of 16 ms is enabled (default) on each event. It may be disabled by software.
All GPIO pins are powered by VDD and therefore can cause an assertion of PWUREQ only when VDD is present.
3.3.7
Software Event
A software event is defined as writing 1 to the Software Event Status bit of the WK_STS0 register. Once this bit is set to 1,
it has the same effect as any other Event Status bit.
Since WK_STS0 is accessible only when VDD is present, the Software Event can be activated only when VDD is present.
3.3.8
Module IRQ Wake-Up Event
A module IRQ wake-up event is defined as the leading edge of the IRQ assertion of any of the following logical devices:
FDC, Parallel Port, Serial Ports 1 and 2, Mouse, KBC, ACB and Fan Speed Control and Monitor (FSCM).
83
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
To enable the IRQ of a specific logical device to trigger a wake-up event, the associated Enable bit must be set to 1. This is
bit 4 of the Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register, located at index 70h in the configuration space of the
logical device (see Table 10 in Device Architecture and Configuration chapter). When this bit is set, any IRQ assertion of the
corresponding logical device activates the module IRQ wake-up event. Therefore, the module IRQ wake-up event is a combination of all IRQ signals of the logical devices for which wake-up on IRQ is enabled.
Note that index 70h has two functions: it is used to set IRQ and to enable wake-up on IRQ. If the BIOS routine that sets IRQ
does not use a Read-Modify-Write sequence, it might reset bit 4, which is the Wake-Up on IRQ bit. To ensure that the system
wakes up, the BIOS must set bit 4 before the system goes to sleep.
When the event is detected as active, its associated Status bit (bit 7 of the WK0_STS register) is set to 1. If the associated
Enable bit (bit 7 of the WK_EN0 register) is also set to 1, the PWUREQ output is asserted. It remains asserted until the Status
bit is cleared.
Since all the logical devices listed above are powered by VDD, a module IRQ event can be activated only when VDD is
present.
3.4
SWC REGISTERS
The SWC registers are organized in four banks, all of which are battery-backed. The offsets are related to a base address
that is determined by the SWC Base Address register in the device configuration registers. The lower 19 offsets are common
to the four banks, while the upper offsets (13-1fh) are divided as follows:
●
Bank 0 holds the Keyboard/Mouse Control registers.
●
Bank 1 holds the CEIR Control registers.
●
Bank 2 holds the Event Routing Configuration and Wake-Up Extension Control registers.
●
Bank 3 holds the Standby General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Pins Configuration registers.
The active bank is selected through the Configuration Bank Select field (bits 1-0) in the Wake-Up Configuration register
(WK_CFG). See Section 3.4.6.
As a programming aid, the registers are described in this chapter according to the following functional groupings:
●
General status, enable, configuration and routing registers.
●
Extension enable registers.
●
PS/2 event configuration registers.
●
CEIR event configuration registers.
●
Standby GPIO configuration and control registers.
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:
●
R/W = Read/Write.
●
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
●
W = Write.
●
RO = Read Only.
●
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
www.national.com
84
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.1
(Continued)
SWC Register Map
The following tables list the SWC registers. For the SWC register bitmap, see Section 3.5.
Table 36. Banks 0, 1, 2 and 3 - The Common Control and Status Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
Wake-Up Events Status 0
R/W1C
3.4.2
00h
WK_STS0
01h
WK_STS1
Wake-Up Events Status 1
R/W1C
3.4.3
02h
WK_EN0
Wake-Up Enable 0
R/W
3.4.4
03h
WK_EN1
Wake-Up Enable 1
R/W
3.4.5
04h
WK_CFG
Wake-Up Configuration
R/W
3.4.6
05h-07h
Reserved
R/W
3.4.33
08h
SB_GPDO0
Standby GPIOE/GPIE Data Out 0
09h
SB_GPDI0
Standby GPIOE/GPIE Data In 0
RO
3.4.34
0Ah
SB_GPDO1
Standby GPOS Data Out 1
R/W
3.4.35
0Bh
SB_GPDI1
Standby GPIS Data In 1
RO
3.4.36
0Ch-12h
Reserved
Table 37. Bank 0 - PS/2 Keyboard/Mouse Wake-Up Configuration and Control Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
13h
PS2CTL
14h-15h
Reserved
Register Name
Type
Section
PS/2 Protocol Control
R/W
3.4.18
RO
3.4.19
RO
3.4.20
R/W
3.4.21
16h
KDSR
Keyboard Data Shift
17h
MDSR
Mouse Data Shift
18h-1Fh
PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7 PS/2 Keyboard Key Data
Table 38. Bank 1 - CEIR Wake-Up Configuration and Control Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
CEIR Wake-Up Control
R/W
3.4.22
13h
IRWCR
14h
Reserved
15h
IRWAD
CEIR Wake-Up Address
R/W
3.4.23
16h
IRWAM
CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask
R/W
3.4.24
17h
ADSR
CEIR Address Shift
R/O
3.4.25
18h
IRWTR0L
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 0, Low Limit
R/W
3.4.26
19h
IRWTR0H
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 0, High Limit
R/W
3.4.26
1Ah
IRWTR1L
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 1, Low Limit
R/W
3.4.27
1Bh
IRWTR1H
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 1, High Limit
R/W
3.4.27
1Ch
IRWTR2L
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 2, Low Limit
R/W
3.4.28
1Dh
IRWTR2H
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 2, High Limit
R/W
3.4.28
1Eh
IRWTR3L
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 3, Low Limit
R/W
3.4.29
1Fh
IRWTR3H
CEIR Wake-Up, Range 3, High Limit
R/W
3.4.29
85
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Table 39. Bank 2 - Event Routing Configuration Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
13h
WK_SMIEN0
Wake-Up SMI Enable 0
R/W
3.4.7
14h
WK_SMIEN1
Wake-Up SMI Enable 1
R/W
3.4.8
15h
WK_IRQEN0
Wake-Up Interrupt Request Enable 0
R/W
3.4.9
16h
WK_IRQEN1
Wake-Up Interrupt Request Enable 1
R/W
3.4.10
17h
WK_X1EN0
Wake-Up Extension 1 Enable 0
R/W
3.4.11
18h
WK_X1EN1
Wake-Up Extension 1 Enable 1
R/W
3.4.12
19h
WK_X2EN0
Wake-Up Extension 2 Enable 0
R/W
3.4.13
1Ah
WK_X2EN1
Wake-Up Extension 2 Enable 1
R/W
3.4.14
1Bh
WK_X3EN0
Wake-Up Extension 3 Enable 0
R/W
3.4.15
1Ch
WK_X3EN1
Wake-Up Extension 3 Enable 1
R/W
3.4.16
1Dh-1Fh
Reserved
Table 40. Bank 3 - Standby GPIO Pin Configuration Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
13h
SBGPSEL
Standby GPIO Pin Select
R/W
3.4.31
14h
SBGPCFG
Standby GPIO Pin Configuration
R/W
3.4.32
15h-1Fh
www.national.com
Reserved
86
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.2
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Status Register 0 (WK_STS0)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP, VSB or software reset. It indicates which of the corresponding eight wake-up
events have occurred. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect. Bit 6 of this register has a special type, as
described in the table below.
Location:
Offset 00h
Type:
R/W1C
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Module IRQ
Event
Status
Software
Event
Status
GPIO Event
Status
CEIR
Event
Status
Mouse
Event
Status
KBD
Event
Status
RI2
Event
Status
RI1
Event
Status
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7
Module IRQ Event Status. This sticky bit shows the status of the module IRQ event detection.
0: Event not active (default)
1: Event active
6
Software Event Status. Writing 1 to this bit inverts its value.
0: Event not active (default)
1: Event active
5
GPIO Event Status. This sticky bit shows the status of the VDD GPIO event detection.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
4
CEIR Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
3
Mouse Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
2
KBD Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
1
RI2 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
0
RI1 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
87
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.3
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Status Register (WK_STS1)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP, VSB or software reset. It indicates which of the corresponding eight wake-up
events have occurred. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
Location:
Offset 01h
Type:
R/W1C
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
GPIE7
Event
Status
GPIE6
Event
Status
GPIE5
Event
Status
GPIE4/
RING
Event
Status
GPIE3
Event
Status
GPIE2
Event
Status
GPIE1
Event
Status
GPIE0
Event
Status
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7
GPIE7 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
6
GPIE6 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
5
GPIE5 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
4
GPIE4/RING Event Status. This sticky bit shows the status of either GPIE4 or RING event detection, according
to the function currently selected on pin 27.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
3
GPIE3 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
2
GPIE2 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
1
GPIE1 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
0
GPIE0 Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
www.national.com
88
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.4
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Enable Register (WK_EN0)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. Detected wake-up events that are enabled activate the
PWUREQ signal.
Location:
Offset 02h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Module IRQ
Event
Enable
Software
Event
Enable
GPIO Event
Enable
CEIR
Event
Enable
Mouse
Event
Enable
KBD
Event
Enable
RI2
Event
Enable
RI1
Event
Enable
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7
Module IRQ Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
Software Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
GPIO Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
CEIR Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Mouse Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
KBD Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
RI2 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
RI1 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
89
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.5
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Enable Register 1 (WK_EN1)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. Detected wake-up events that are enabled activate the
PWUREQ signal.
Location:
Offset 03h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
GPIE7
Event
Enable
GPIE6
Event
Enable
GPIE5
Event
Enable
GPIE4/
RING
Event
Enable
GPIE3
Event
Enable
GPIE2
Event
Enable
GPIE1
Event
Enable
GPIE0
Event
Enable
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7
GPIE7 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
GPIE6 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
GPIE5 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
GPIE4/RING Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
GPIE3 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled.
2
GPIE2 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
GPIE1 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
GPIE0 Event Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
90
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.6
(Continued)
Wake-Up Configuration Register (WK_CFG)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It enables access to CEIR registers, keyboard/mouse registers, Event Routing Control registers or Standby GPIO registers.
Location:
Offset 04h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
0
0
Required
0
0
Bit
3
0
0
0
0
1
0
Configuration Bank
Select
0
0
Description
Reserved.
3
Enable Power Button Pulse on S3.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
Swap KBC Inputs.
0: No swapping (default)
1: KBD (KBCLK, KBDAT) and Mouse (MCLK, MDAT) inputs swapped
1-0
2
Enable
Power
Swap KBC
Button
Inputs
Pulse on S3
Reserved
Reset
7-4
4
Configuration Bank Select.
Bits
1 0
Bank
Register
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
Keyboard/Mouse
CEIR
Event Routing, Wake-Up Extension
Standby GPIO
91
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.7
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Routing to SMI Enable Register 0 (WK_SMIEN0)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of detected wake-up events to the
SMI signal. Detected wake-up events that are enabled activate the SMI signal regardless of the value of the WK_EN0 register.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 13h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reserved
Software
Event to
SMI Enable
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
4
Reserved.
6
Software Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
Reserved.
4
CEIR Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Mouse Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
KBD Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
RI2 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
RI1 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
2
1
0
RI2
RI1
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
0
Description
7
3
92
0
0
0
0
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.8
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Routing to SMI Enable Register 1 (WK_SMIEN1)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of detected wake-up events to the
SMI signal. Detected wake-up events that are enabled activate the SMI signal regardless of the value of the WK_EN1 register.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 14h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
GPIE6
GPIE5
GPIE7
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
0
0
Bit
0
4
3
2
1
0
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
RING
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
SMI Enable
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7
GPIE7 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
GPIE6 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
GPIE5 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
GPIE4/RING Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
GPIE3 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled.
2
GPIE2 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
GPIE1 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
GPIE0 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
93
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.4.9
(Continued)
Wake-Up Events Routing to IRQ Enable Register 0 (WK_IRQEN0)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of detected wake-up events to the
assigned SWC interrupt request (IRQ) channel. Detected wake-up events that are enabled activate the assigned IRQ channel regardless of the value of the WK_EN0 register.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 15h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reserved
Software
Event to
IRQ Enable
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
4
Reserved.
6
Software Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
Reserved.
4
CEIR Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Mouse Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
KBD Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled.
1
RI2 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
RI1 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
2
1
0
RI2
RI1
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
0
Description
7
3
94
0
0
0
0
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.10 Wake-Up Events Routing to IRQ Enable Register 1 (WK_IRQEN1)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of detected wake-up events to the
assigned SWC IRQ channel. Detected wake-up events that are enabled activate the IRQ signal regardless of the value of
the WK_EN1 register.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 16h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
0
0
Bit
0
4
3
2
1
0
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
RING
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
IRQ Enable
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7
GPIE7 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
GPIE6 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
GPIOE5 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
GPIE4/RING Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
GPIE3 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled.
2
GPIE2 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
GPIE1 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
GPIE0 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
95
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.11 Wake-Up Extension 1 Enable Register 0 (WK_X1EN0)
This register is set to 1Fh on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of raw wake-up events to event detectors while VDD is present. Wake-up events that are enabled are routed to their event detectors while VDD is present.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 17h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
0
0
Bit
4
0
1
Description
Reserved.
4
CEIR Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
3
Mouse Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
2
KBD Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
RI2 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
0
RI1 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
www.national.com
3
2
1
0
RI2
RI1
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex.1
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
7-5
5
96
1
1
1
1
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.12 Wake-Up Extension 1 Enable Register 1 (WK_X1EN1)
This register is set to FFh on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of raw wake-up events to event detectors while VDD is present. Wake-up events that are enabled are routed to their event detectors while VDD is present.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 18h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
RING
Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1
Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1
Event Ex. 1
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
1
1
1
Bit
1
1
1
1
1
Description
7
GPIE7 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
6
GPIE6 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
5
GPIE5 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
4
GPIE4/RING Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
3
GPIE3 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
2
GPIE2 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
GPIE1 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
0
GPIE0 Event Extension 1 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
97
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.13 Wake-Up Extension 2 Enable Register 0 (WK_X2EN0)
This register is set to 1Fh on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of raw wake-up events to event detectors while VDD is not present. Wake-up events that are enabled are routed to their event detectors while VDD is not
present.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 19h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
0
0
Bit
4
0
1
Description
Reserved.
4
CEIR Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
3
Mouse Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
2
KBD Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
RI2 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
0
RI1 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
www.national.com
3
2
1
0
RI2
RI1
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
7-5
5
98
1
1
1
1
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.14 Wake-Up Extension 2 Enable Register 1 (WK_X2EN1)
This register is set to FFh on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of raw wake-up events to event detectors while VDD is not present. Wake-up events that are enabled are routed to their event detectors while VDD is not
present.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 1Ah
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
RING
Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2
Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2
Event Ex. 2
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
1
1
1
Bit
1
1
1
1
1
Description
7
GPIE7 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
6
GPIE6 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
5
GPIE5 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
4
GPIE4/RING Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
3
GPIE3 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
2
GPIE2 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
GPIE1 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
0
GPIE0 Event Extension 2 Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
99
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.15 Wake-Up Extension 3 Enable Register 0 (WK_X3EN0)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of raw wake-up events to the Power
Button pulse generator. Wake-up events that are enabled are routed to the Power Button pulse generator.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 1Bh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
0
0
Bit
4
0
0
Description
Reserved.
4
CEIR Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Mouse Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
KBD Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
RI2 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
RI1 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
3
2
1
0
RI2
RI1
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
7-5
5
100
0
0
0
0
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.16 Wake-Up Extension 3 Enable Register 1 (WK_X3EN1)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It controls the routing of raw wake-up events to the Power
Button pulse generator. Wake-up events that are enabled are routed to the Power Button pulse generator.
Location:
Bank 2, Offset 1Ch
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIE3/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
RING
Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3
Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3
Event Ex. 3
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
0
0
0
Bit
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7
GPIE7 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6
GPIE6 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
5
GPIE5 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
GPIE4/RING Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
GPIE3 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
GPIE2 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
GPIE1 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
GPIE0 Event Extension 3 Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
101
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.17 PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Wake-Up Events
The SWC can be configured to detect any predetermined PS/2 keyboard or mouse activity.
The detection mechanisms for keyboard and mouse events are independent. Therefore, they can be operated simultaneously with no interference. Since both mechanisms are implemented by hardware, which is independent of the device’s
keyboard controller, the keyboard controller itself need not be activated to detect either keyboard or mouse events.
Keyboard Wake-Up Events
The keyboard wake-up detection mechanism can be programmed to detect:
●
Any keystroke.
●
A specific programmable sequence of up to eight alphanumeric keystrokes (Password mode).
●
Any programmable sequence of up to 8 bytes of data received from the keyboard (Special Key Sequence mode).
To program the keyboard wake-up detection mechanism to wake-up on any keystroke, perform the following sequence:
1. Put the wake-up mechanism in Special Key Sequence mode by setting bits 3-0 of the PS2CTL register to 0001b.
2. Set the PS2KEY0 and PS2KEY1 registers to 00h. This forces the wake-up detection mechanism to ignore the values of
incoming data, thus causing it to wake-up on any keystroke.
In Password mode, the Make and Break bytes transmitted by the keyboard are discarded, and only the scan codes are compared against those programmed in the PS2KEYn registers. To simplify the detection mechanism, only keys with a scan
code of 1 byte can be included in the sequence to be detected. To program the keyboard wake-up detection mechanism to
operate in Password mode, proceed as follows:
1. Set bits 3-0 of the PS2CTL register with a value that indicates the desired number of keystrokes in the sequence. The
programmed value should be the number of keystrokes + 7. For example, to wake-up on a sequence of two keys, set
bits 3-0 to 9h.
2. Program the appropriate subset of the PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7 registers, in sequential order, with the scan codes of the
keys in the sequence. For example, if there are three keys in the sequence and the scan codes of these keys are 05h
(first), 50h (second) and 44h (third), program PS2KEY0 to 05h, PS2KEY1 to 50h and PS2KEY2 to 44h (the scan codes
are only examples).
In Special Key Sequence mode, all the bytes transmitted by the keyboard are compared against the ones programmed in
the PS2KEYn registers. These include the Make and Break bytes. This mode enables the detection of any sequence of keystrokes, including keys such as Shift and Alt. To program the keyboard wake-up detection mechanism to operate in Special
Key Sequence mode, proceed as follows:
1. Set bits 3-0 of the PS2CTL register to a value that indicates the desired number of keystrokes in the sequence. The programmed value should be the number of keystrokes + 1. For example, to wake-up on a sequence of three received bytes,
set bits 3-0 of PS2CTL to 2h.
2. Program the appropriate subset of the PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7 registers in sequential order with the values of the data bytes
that comprise the sequence. For example, if the number of bytes in the sequence is four and the values of these bytes
are E0h (first), 5Bh (second), E0h (third) and DBh (fourth), program PS2KEY0 to E0h, PS2KEY1 to 5Bh, PS2KEY2 to
E0h and PS2KEY3 to DBh (the byte values are only examples).
Mouse Wake-Up Events
The mouse wake-up detection mechanism can be programmed to detect either a mouse click or movement, a specific programmable click (left or right) or double-click.
To program this mechanism to wake-up on a specific event, set bits 6-4 of the PS2CTL register to the required value, according to the description of these bits in Section 3.4.18.
www.national.com
102
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.18 PS/2 Protocol Control Register (PS2CTL)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It configures the PS/2 keyboard and mouse wake-up features. Before changing bits 6-4 or 3-0, clear them to 0 and then write the new value.
Location:
Bank 0, Offset 13h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
Disable
Parity
Check
Reset
0
5
6-4
3-0
3
Mouse Wake-Up Configuration
0
0
Bit
7
4
0
2
1
0
Keyboard Wake-Up Configuration
0
0
0
0
Description
Disable Parity Check.
0: Enabled (default)
1: Disabled
Mouse Wake-Up Configuration.
Bits
6 5 4
Configuration
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Disable mouse wake-up detection
Wake-up on any mouse movement or button click
Wake-up on left button click
Wake-up on left button double-click
Wake-up on right button click
Wake-up on right button double-click
Wake-up on any button single-click (left, right or middle)
Wake-up on any button double-click (left, right or middle)
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Keyboard Wake-Up Configuration.
Bits
3 2 1 0
Configuration
0 0 0 0
Disable keyboard wake-up detection
0 0 0 1
to
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
to
1 1 1 1
}
}
Special key sequence 2-8 PS/2 scan codes, “Make” and “Break” (including Shift and Alt keys)
Password enabled with 1-8 keys “Make” code (excluding Shift and Alt keys)
3.4.19 Keyboard Data Shift Register (KDSR)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset. It stores the keyboard data shifted in from the keyboard
during transmission only when keyboard wake-up detection is enabled.
Location:
Bank 0, Offset 16h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reset
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Keyboard Data
0
0
0
0
103
0
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.20 Mouse Data Shift Register (MDSR)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VSB or software reset. It stores the mouse data shifted in from the mouse during
transmission only when mouse wake-up detection is enabled.
Location:
Bank 0, Offset 17h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
2
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
1
0
Mouse Data
0
0
0
0
0
3.4.21 PS/2 Keyboard Key Data Registers (PS2KEY0 - PS2KEY7)
Eight registers (PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7) store the scan codes for the password or key sequence of the keyboard wake-up feature, as follows:
●
PS2KEY0 register stores the scan code for the first key in the password/key sequence.
●
PS2KEY1 register stores the scan code for the second key in the password/key sequence.
●
PS2KEY2 - PS2KEY7 registers store the scan codes for the third to eighth keys in the password/key sequence.
When one of these registers is set to 00h, it indicates that the value of the corresponding scan code byte is ignored (not
compared). These registers are set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 0, Offset 18h-1Fh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reset
www.national.com
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Scan Code of Keys 0-7
0
0
0
0
104
0
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.22 CEIR Wake-Up Control Register (IRWCR)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 13h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
Reserved
Reset
0
5
4
CEIR Protocol Select
0
0
Bit
3
2
Select
Invert
IRRX2 Input IRRXn Input
0
0
0
1
0
Reserved
CEIR
Enable
0
0
Description
7-6
Reserved.
5-4
CEIR Protocol Select.
Bits
5 4
0 0
0 1
1 X
Protocol
RC5 (default)
NEC/RCA
Reserved
3
Select IRRX2 Input. Selects the IRRX input.
0: IRRX1 (default)
1: IRRX2
2
Invert IRRXn Input.
0: Not inverted (default)
1: Inverted
1
Reserved.
0
CEIR Enable.
0: CEIR is disabled (default). Registers are maintained but CEIR Event Status bit (of WK0_STS) does not
reflect CEIR events. (Unlike the CEIR Event Enable bit of WK0_EN that does not affect the CEIR Event
Status bit.)
1: CEIR is enabled
.
105
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.23 CEIR Wake-Up Address Register (IRWAD)
This register holds the unique address to be compared with the address contained in the incoming CEIR message. If CEIR
is enabled (bit 0 of the IRWCR register is 1) and an address match occurs, then bit 5 of the WK0_STS register is set to 1
(see Section 3.4.2).
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 15h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CEIR Wake-Up Address
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
3.4.24 CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask Register (IRWAM)
Each bit in this register determines whether the corresponding bit in the IRWAD register is enabled in the address comparison. Bits 5, 6 and 7 must be set to 1 if the RC-5 protocol is selected.
This register is set to E0h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 16h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask
Reset
1
Bit
7-0
4
1
1
0
0
Description
CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask. If the corresponding bit is 0, the address bit is not masked (enabled for
compare). If the corresponding bit is 1, the address bit is masked (ignored during compare).
www.national.com
106
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.25 CEIR Address Shift Register (ADSR)
This register holds the received address to be compared with the address contained in the IRWAD register.
This register is set to 00h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 17h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CEIR Address
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
3.4.26 CEIR Wake-Up Range 0 Registers
These registers define the low and high limits of time range 0. The values are represented in units of 0.1 msec.
For the RC-5 protocol, the bit cell width must fall within this range for the cell to be considered valid. The nominal cell width
is 1.778 msec for a 36 KHz carrier. IRWTR0L and IRWTR0H should be set to 10h and 14h respectively (default).
For the NEC protocol, the time distance between two consecutive CEIR pulses that encodes a bit value of 0 must fall within
this range. The nominal distance for a 0 is 1.125 msec for a 38 KHz carrier. IRWTR0L and IRWTR0H should be set to 09h
and 0Dh respectively.
IRWTR0L Register
This register is set to 10h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 18h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
5
4
Reserved
Reset
0
0
3
2
1
0
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 0, Low Limit
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
IRWTR0H Register
This register is set to 14h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 19h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
4
Reserved
0
0
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 0, High Limit
0
1
107
0
1
0
0
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.27 CEIR Wake-Up Range 1 Registers
These registers define the low and high limits of time range 1. The values are represented in units of 0.1 msec.
For the RC-5 protocol, the pulse width defining a half-bit cell must fall within this range in order for the cell to be considered valid.
The nominal pulse width is 0.889 for a 38 KHz carrier. IRWTR1L and IRWTR1H should be set to 07h and 0Bh, respectively (default).
For the NEC protocol, the time between two consecutive CEIR pulses that encodes a bit value of 1 must fall within this range.
The nominal time for a 1 is 2.25 msec for a 36 KHz carrier. IRWTR1L and IRWTR1H should be set to 14h and 19h respectively.
IRWTR1L Register
This register is set to 07h on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 1Ah
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
5
4
Reserved
Reset
0
0
3
2
1
0
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 1, Low Limit
0
0
0
1
1
1
3
2
1
0
IRWTR1H Register
This register is set to 0Bh on power-up of VPP or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 1Bh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
5
4
Reserved
Reset
0
0
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 1, High Limit
0
0
1
0
1
1
3.4.28 CEIR Wake-Up Range 2 Registers
These registers define the low and high limits of time range 2. The values are represented in units of 0.1 msec. These registers are not used when the RC-5 protocol is selected.
For the NEC protocol, the header pulse width must fall within this range in order for the header to be considered valid. The
nominal value is 9 msec for a 38 KHz carrier. IRWTR2L and IRWTR2H should be set to 50h and 64h respectively (default).
IRWTR2L Register
This register is set to 50h on power-up of Vpp or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 1Ch
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
2
1
0
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 2, Low Limit
Reset
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
IRWTR2H Register
This register is set to 64h on power-up of Vpp or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 1Dh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
Reset
www.national.com
5
4
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 2, High Limit
0
1
1
0
108
0
1
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.29 CEIR Wake-Up Range 3 Registers
These registers define the low and high limits of time range 3. The values are represented in units of 0.1 msec. These registers are not used when the RC-5 protocol is selected.
For the NEC protocol, the post header gap width must fall within this range in order for the gap to be considered valid. The
nominal value is 4.5 msec for a 36 KHz carrier. IRWTR3L and IRWTR3H should be set to 28h and 32h respectively (default).
IRWTR3L Register
This register is set to 28h on power-up of Vpp or software reset.
Location:
Bank1, Offset 1Eh
Type:
R/WS
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
0
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 3, Low Limit
Reset
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
1
0
IRWTR3H Register
This register is set to 32h on power-up of Vpp or software reset.
Location:
Bank 1, Offset 1Fh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reset
4
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 3, High Limit
0
0
1
1
0
0
CEIR Recommended Values
Table 41 lists the recommended time ranges limits for the different protocols and their four applicable ranges. The values
are represented in hexadecimal code where the units are of 0.1 msec.
Table 41. Time Range Limits for CEIR Protocols
RC-5
NEC
RCA
Range
Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit Low Limit High Limit
0
10h
14h
09h
0Dh
0Ch
12h
1
07h
0Bh
14h
19h
16h
1Ch
2
−
−
50h
64h
B4h
DCh
3
−
−
28h
32h
23h
2Dh
109
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.30 Standby General-Purpose I/O (SBGPIO) Register Overview
The SWC can be used to operate up to 12 VSB-powered general-purpose input/output (GPIO), input (GPI) or output (GPO)
pins, eight of which support event detection. These are as follows:
●
GPIOE0-5 are GPIO pins.
●
GPIE6,7 and GPIS2,3 are GPI pins.
●
GPOS0,1 are GPO pins.
For programming convenience, these pins are associated with two SBGPIO ports. Specifically, GPIE0-5 and GPIE6,7 are
associated with bits 0 to 7 of SBGPIO port 0, respectively, and GPOS0,1 and GPIS2,3 are associated with bits 0 to 3 of
SBGPIO port 1, respectively.
Table 42 provides a summary of the SBGPIO pin-to-port assignment and pin types.
Table 42. SBGPIO Pin Types and Associated Port
Pin(s)
Port
Type
Event
Detection
GPIOE0-5
0
I/O
Yes
GPIE6,7
0
I
Yes
GPOS0,1
1
O
No
GPIS2,3
1
I
No
An SBGPIO port is structured as an 8-bit port, based on eight pins. It features:
•
•
•
•
Software capability to manipulate and read pin levels.
Controllable system notification by several means based on the pin level’s transition.
Ability to capture and manipulate events and their associated status.
Back-drive protected pins.
SBGPIO port operation is associated with two sets of registers:
•
Pin configuration registers, mapped in the SWC register bank 3. These registers are used to statically set up the logical behavior of each pin. There is one 8-bit register for each SBGPIO pin.
•
Two 8-bit runtime registers: SBGPIO Data Out (SBGPDO) and SBGPIO Data In (SBGPDI). These registers are
mapped in the SWC device I/O space (determined by the base address registers in the SWC Device Configuration).
They are used to manipulate and/or read the pin values. Each runtime register corresponds to the 8-pin port described above (see Table 42).
Each SBGPIO pin is associated with up to six configuration bits and the corresponding bit slice of the two runtime registers,
as shown in Figure 11.
The SBGPIO port has basic as well as enhanced functionality. Basic functionality includes the manipulation and reading of
the SBGPIO pins, as described in Section 6.2 on page 129. Enhanced functionality includes event detection, as described
in Event Detection on page 112.
www.national.com
110
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Bit n
SBGPDOX
SBGPIOX Base Address
SBGPDIX
Runtime
Registers
8 SBGPIO Pin Configuration
Registers
X = port number
n = pin number, 0 to 7
SBGPIO Pin
Configuration Register
SBGPIO Port X
Pin n
SBGPIOXn CNFG
SBGPIOXn
Pin Logic
x8
SBGPIO Pin
Select Register
Port and Pin
Select
Event
Pending
Indicator
x8
x8
To Wake-Up
Logic
Figure 11. SBGPIO Port Architecture
Basic Functionality
The basic functionality of each SBGPIO pin is based on four configuration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers SBGPDO
and SBGPDI. The configuration and operation of a single pin (pin n in port X) is shown in Figure 12.
Read Only
Data In
Static
Pull-Up
Push-Pull=1
Pin
Read/Write
Data Out
Internal
Bus
Pull-Up
Enable
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
SBGPIO Pin Configuration Register
Figure 12. SBGPIO Basic Functionality
111
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Configuration Options
The SBGPIO Pin Configuration register controls the following basic configuration options:
•
•
Pin Direction - Controlled by Output Enable (bit 0).
•
Weak Static Pull-up - May be added to any type of port (input, open-drain or totem pole). It is controlled by Pull-Up Control
(bit 2).
•
Pin Lock - A GPIO pin may be locked to prevent any changes in the output value and/or the output characteristics. The
lock is controlled by Lock (bit 3). It disables writes to the SBGPDO register bits and to bits 0-3 of the Standby GPIO Pin
Configuration register (Including the Lock bit itself). Once locked, it can be released by hardware reset only.
Output Type - Push-pull vs. open-drain. It is controlled by Output Type (bit 1) by enabling/disabling the pull-up portion of
the output buffer.
Operation
The value that is written to the SBGPDO register is driven to the pin, if the output is enabled. Reading from the SBGPDO
register returns its contents, regardless of the pin value or the port configuration. The SBGPDI register is a read-only register.
Reading from the SBGPDI register returns the pin value, regardless of what is driving it (the port itself, configured as an
output port, or the external device when the port is configured as an input port). Writing to this register is ignored.
Activation of the SBGPIO port is controlled by the same external, device-specific configuration bit (or a combination of bits)
that control the activation of the SWC. When the SWC logical device is inactive, access to both the SBGPDI and SBGPDO
registers is disabled. However, there is no change in the port configuration and in the SBGPDO value and hence there is no
effect on the outputs of the pins.
Event Detection
The enhanced SBGPIO port supports input event detection. This functionality is based on three configuration bits. The configuration and operation of the event detection capability is shown in Figure 13. An SWC status register reflects the status
of each input event. SWC configuration registers determine the effect of each input event on the various means of system
notification available in the SWC.
Event
Pending
Indicator
Event
Enable
0
Input
Debouncer
Rising
Edge
Detector
1
Status
R/W 1 to Clear
Detected
Enabled Events
from other
SBGPIO Pins
Pin
Rising Edge =1
Event
Debounce
Enable
Event Polarity
Bit 6
Bit 5
Internal
Bus
SBGPIO Pin Configuration Register
Figure 13. Event Detection
www.national.com
R/W
112
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Event Configuration
Each pin in the SBGPIO port is a potential input event source. The event detection can trigger a system notification upon predetermined behavior of the source pin. The SBGPIO Pin Configuration register determines the event detection trigger type for the system
notification.
•
Event Type and Polarity - One trigger type of event detection is supported: edge (Event Type, bit 4 = 0). An edge event
may be detected upon a source pin transition either from high to low or low to high. The direction of the transition (i.e.,
edge) is determined by Event Polarity (bit 5).
•
Event Debounce Enable - The input signal can be debounced for about 15 msec before entering the detector. The signal
state is transferred to the detector only after a debouncing period during which the signal has no transitions, to ensure
that the signal is stable. The debouncer adds 15 msec delay to both assertion and de-assertion of the event pending
indicator. Therefore, when working with a level event and system notification by either SMI or IRQ, it is recommended
to disable the debounce if the delay in the SMI/IRQ de-assertion is not acceptable. The debounce is controlled by Event
Debounce Enable (bit 6 of the SBGPIO Pin Configuration register).
3.4.31 Standby GPIO Pin Select Register (SBGPSEL)
This register selects the GPIOE/GPIE pin (port number and pin number) to be configured (the register accessed by the
Standby GPIO Pin Configuration register). This register is reset to 00h on VPP power-up or software reset.
When port 0 is selected, bits 2-0 select between pins GPIE7,6 and GPIOE5-0. When port 1 is selected, bits 2-0 select between pins GPOS0 and GPOS1. Pins GPIS2 and GPIS3 are input only and require no configuration.
Location:
Bank 3, Offset 13h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
5
Reserved
Reset
0
Bit
7-5
6
0
0
4
3
Port Select
Reserved
0
0
1
0
Pin Select
0
0
0
Description
Reserved.
4
Port Select. This bit selects the GPIO port to be configured.
0: Port 0 (default)
1: Port 1
3
Reserved.
2-0
2
Pin Select. These bits select the GPIO pin to be configured in the selected port.
000, 001, ... 111:The binary value of the pin number, 0, 1, ... 7 respectively (default=0)
113
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.32 Standby GPIO Pin Configuration Register (SBGPCFG)
This is a group of 12 configuration registers. Eight are identical for GPIOE and GPIE, two are identical for GPOS and two
are identical for GPIS. Each GPIOE/GPIE register is associated with one GPIOE/GPIE pin, and each GPOS and GPIS register is associated with one GPOS or GPIS pin. The entire set is mapped to the same address. The mapping scheme is
based on the Standby GPIO Pin Select (SBGPSEL) register that functions as an index register and the specific Standby
GPIO Pin Configuration register that reflects the configuration of the currently selected pin.
Bits 0-3 are applicable only for pins GPIOE0-5 and GPOS0,1. Bits 4-6 are applicable for all GPIOE/GPIE pins.
Location:
Bank 3, Offset 14h
Type:
R/W (bit 3 is set only)
For GPIOE and GPIE:
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Reserved
Event
Debounce
Enable
Event
Polarity
Event Type
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
Reset
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
0
1
0
1
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
For GPOS:
Bit
Name
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
For GPIS:
Bit
Name
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
0
Description
7
Reserved. (For GPOS and GPIS, bits 7-4 and 7-0 are reserved, respectively).
6
Event Debounce Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
5
Event Polarity. This bit defines the polarity of the signal that causes a detection of an event from the
corresponding GPIO pin.
0: Falling edge input (default)
1: Rising edge input
4
Event Type. This bit defines the signal type that causes a detection of an event from the corresponding GPIO
pin.
0: Edge input (default)
1: Reserved
3
Lock. This bit locks bits 2-0 of this register. These bits are associated with the GPIO pin currently selected by
the SBGPSEL register. Once this bit is set to 1 by software, it can only be cleared to 0 by VSB power-up reset.
0: No effect (default at VSB power-up reset)
1: Direction, output type, pull-up and output value locked
www.national.com
114
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Bit
Description
2
Pull-Up Control. This bit is used to enable/disable the internal pull-up capability of the corresponding GPIO pin.
It supports open-drain output signals with internal pull-ups and TTL input signals.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
Output Type. This bit controls the output buffer type (open-drain or totem pole) of the corresponding GPIO pin.
0: Open-drain (default)
1: Push-pull
0
Output Enable. For GPOS, this is a R/O bit. It indicates the GPOS pin output state and is always 1. For GPIOE
and GPIE, this bit indicates the GPIO pin output state. It has no effect on input.
0: TRI-STATE (default for GPIOE/GPIE)
1: Output enabled (default for GPOS)
115
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.33 Standby GPIOE/GPIE Data Out Register 0 (SB_GPDO0)
This register is set to 3Fh on VPP power-up or software reset only when the Lock bit of the SBGPCFG register is set to 0. It
determines the value to be driven on the GPIOE pins when configured as outputs.
Location:
Offset 08h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
2
1
0
1
1
1
Data Out
0
1
Bit
5
3
Reserved
Reset
7-6
4
1
1
Description
Reserved.
Data Out. Bits 5-0 correspond to pins GPIOE5-0 respectively. The value of each bit determines the value driven
on the corresponding GPIOE pin when its output buffer is enabled. Writing to the bit latches the written data
unless the bit is locked by the corresponding GPIOE Configuration Lock bit. Reading the bit returns its value,
regardless of the pin value and configuration.
0: Corresponding pin level low when output enabled
1: Corresponding pin level high (according to buffer type and static pull-up selection) when output enabled
3.4.34 Standby GPIOE/GPIE Data In Register 0 (SB_GPDI0)
This register reflects the values of the GPIE7-6 and GPIOE5-0 pins. Write to this register is ignored.
Location:
Offset 09h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
Data In
Reset
X
Bit
X
X
X
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
Data In. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins GPIE7-6 and GPIOE5-0 respectively. Reading each bit returns the value of
the corresponding GPIE/GPIOE pin regardless of the pin configuration and the SB0_GPDO register value.
0: Corresponding pin level low
1: Corresponding pin level high
1
0
www.national.com
116
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
3.4.35 Standby GPOS Data Out Register 1 (SB_GPDO1)
This register is set to 03h on VPP power-up or software reset only when the Lock bit of the SBGPCFG register is set to 0. It
determines the value to be driven on the GPSO0,1 pins.
Location:
Offset 0Ah
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
0
Data Out
0
0
0
1
1
Description
7-2
Reserved.
1-0
Data Out. Bits 1-0 correspond to pins GPOS1-0 respectively. The value of each bit determines the value driven
on the corresponding GPOS pin when its output buffer is enabled. Writing to the bit latches the written data
unless the bit is locked by the corresponding GPOS Configuration Lock bit. Reading the bit returns its value,
regardless of the pin value and configuration.
0: Corresponding pin level low
1: Corresponding pin level high (according to buffer type and static pull-up selection)
3.4.36 Standby GPIS Data In Register 1 (SB_GPDI1)
This register reflects the values of the GPOS0,1 and GPIS2,3 pins. Write to this register is ignored.
Location:
Offset 0Bh
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
2
Reserved
Reset
X
Bit
X
1
0
X
X
Data In
X
X
X
X
Description
7-4
Reserved.
3-0
Data In. Reading each bit returns the value of the corresponding GPOS/GPIS pin.
0: Corresponding pin level low
1: Corresponding pin level high
117
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
3.5
(Continued)
SWC REGISTER BITMAP
Table 43. Banks 0 and 1 - The Common Register Bitmap
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h
WK_STS0
Module
IRQ Event
Status
Software
Event
Status
GPIO
Event
Status
CEIR
Event
Status
Mouse
Event
Status
KBD
Event
Status
RI2
Event
Status
RI1
Event
Status
01h
WK_STS1
GPIE7
Event
Status
GPIE6
Event
Status
GPIE5
Event
Status
GPIE4/
RING
Event
Status
GPIE3
Event
Status
GPIE2
Event
Status
GPIE1
Event
Status
GPIE0
Event
Status
02h
WK_EN0
Module
IRQ Event
Enable
Software
Event
Enable
GPIO
Event
Enable
CEIR
Event
Enable
Mouse
Event
Enable
KBD
Event
Enable
RI2
Event
Enable
RI1
Event
Enable
03h
WK_EN1
GPIE7
Event
Enable
GPIE6
Event
Enable
GPIE5
Event
Enable
GPIE4/
RING
Event
Enable
GPIE3
Event
Enable
GPIE2
Event
Enable
GPIE1
Event
Enable
GPIE0
Event
Enable
04h
WK_CFG
Enable
Power But- Swap KBC
ton Pulse
Inputs
on S3
Reserved
05h-07h
Configuration Bank
Select
Reserved
08h
SB_GPDO0
09h
SB_GPDI0
0Ah
SB_GPDO1
0Bh
SB_GPDI1
Reserved
Data Out
Data In
Reserved
Data Out
Reserved
Data In
0Ch-12h
Reserved
Table 44. Bank 0 - PS/2 Keyboard/Mouse Wake-Up Configuration and Control Registers Bitmap
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
13h
PS2CTL
Disable
Parity
16h
KDSR
17h
MDSR
18h-1Fh
PS2KEY0PS2KEY7
www.national.com
6
5
4
3
Mouse Wake-Up Configuration
2
1
Keyboard Wake-Up Configuration
Keyboard Data
Reserved
Mouse Data
Scan Code of Keys 0-7
118
0
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
Table 45. Bank 1 - CEIR Wake-Up Configuration and Control Registers Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
13h
IRWCR
Bits
7
6
Reserved
5
4
CEIR Protocol Select
14h
3
2
1
0
Select
IRRX2
Input
Invert
IRRXn
Input
Reserved
CEIR
Enable
Reserved
15h
IRWAD
CEIR Wake-Up Address
16h
IRWAM
CEIR Wake-Up Address Mask
17h
ADSR
CEIR Address
18h
IRWTR0L
Reserved
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 0, Low Limit
19h
IRWTR0H
Reserved
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 0, High Limit
1Ah
IRWTR1L
Reserved
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 1, Low Limit
1Bh
IRWTR1H
Reserved
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 1, High Limit
1Ch
IRWTR2L
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 2, Low Limit
1Dh
IRWTR2H
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 2, High Limit
1Eh
IRWTR3L
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 3, Low Limit
1Fh
IRWTR3H
CEIR Pulse Change, Range 3, High Limit
Table 46. Bank 2 - Event Routing Control Registers Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Software
CEIR
RI2
RI1
Mouse
KBD
Event to
Reserved
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
13h
WK_SMIEN0 Reserved
14h
WK_SMIEN1
15h
WK_IRQEN0 Reserved
16h
WK_IRQEN1
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
RING
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
IRQ Enable
17h
WK_X1EN0
Reserved
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
RI2
RI1
Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
18h
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
RING
Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1
WK_X1EN1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1 Event Ex. 1
Event Ex. 1
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
19h
WK_X2EN0
GPIE6
GPIE5
GPIE7
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
RING
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
SMI Enable
RI2
RI1
Software
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
Event to
Event to
Event to
Reserved
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
Reserved
CEIR
Mouse
KBD
RI2
RI1
Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
119
www.national.com
3.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)
(Continued)
1Ah
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
RING
Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2
WK_X2EN1 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2 Event Ex. 2
Event Ex. 2
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
1Bh
WK_X3EN0
1Ch
GPIE4/
GPIE3
GPIE2
GPIE1
GPIE0
GPIE7
GPIE6
GPIE5
RING
Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3
WK_X3EN1 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3
Event Ex. 3
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
1Dh1Fh
Reserved
CEIR
Event Ex.
3 Enable
Reserved
Mouse
KBD
RI2
RI1
Event Ex. Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3 Event Ex. 3
3 Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Table 47. Bank 3 - Standby General-Purpose I/O Configuration Registers Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
13h
SBGPSEL
14h
SBGPCFG
15h1Fh
www.national.com
Bits
7
6
5
Reserved
Reserved
Event
Debounce
Enable
4
3
Port
Select
Reserved
Event
Type
Lock
Event
Polarity
Reserved
120
2
1
0
Pin Select
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
4.0
4.1
Fan Speed Control
OVERVIEW
This chapter describes a generic Fan Speed Control module. For the implementation used in this device, see the Device
Architecture and Configuration chapter.
The Fan Speed Control is a programmable Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) generator. The PWM generator output is used
to control the fan’s power voltage, which is correlated to the fan’s speed. Converting a 0 to 100% duty cycle PWM signal to
an analog voltage range is achieved by an external circuit, as shown in Figure 14. Some newer fans accept direct PWM
input without any external circuitry. When an overtemperature condition is detected, the Fan speed Control forces the fan to
turn on at 100% duty cycle.
FANOUT
Fan Speed
Control
External
External
Circuitry
Circuitry
Control
Fan
Figure 14. Fan Speed Control - System Configuration
4.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The PWM generator operation is based on a PWM counter and two registers: the Fan Speed Control Pre-Scale register
(FCPSR), used to determine the overall cycle time (or the frequency) of the FANOUT output, and the Fan Speed Control
Duty Cycle register (FCDCR), used to determine the duty cycle of the FANOUT between 0 to 100%.
The PWM counter is an 8-bit, free-running counter that runs continuously in a cyclic manner, i.e., its cycle equals 256 clock
periods. The PWM output is high, as long as the count is lower than the FCDCR value and it flips to low as the counter exceeds that value. The duty cycle (expressed as a percentage) is therefore (FCDCR/256)*100. In particular, the PWM output
is continuously low when FCDCR=0 and continuously high when FCDCR=FFh. The FANOUT output may be inverted by an
external configuration bit, in which case the FANOUT duty cycle is ([256-FCDCR]/256)*100.
The PWM counter clock is generated by dividing the input clock (either 24 MHz or 200 KHz), using a clock divider. The division factor, which must be between 1 and 124, is defined as Pre-Scale Value+1, where Pre-Scale is the binary value stored
in bits 6 to 0 of the FCPSR register. The resulting PWM output frequency is therefore:
(24 MHz or 200 kHz/([Pre-Scale Value+1]*256).
The default selection of 24 MHz input clock allows a programmable FANOUT frequency in the range of 756 Hz to 93.75 KHz.
For lower frequencies, selecting the 200 KHz input clock allows a frequency range of 6 Hz to 781 Hz (see Figure 15).
The FANOUT frequency must be pre-selected according to the fan type’s specific requirements prior to enabling the Fan
Speed Control. The only run-time change that is required to dynamically control the fan speed is the value of the FCDCR
register.
Warning! The contents of the FCPSR register must not be changed when the Fan Speed Control is enabled.
Enable Fans on OTS Detection When the respective Fan i Enable on OTS (bits 2-0) of the Fan Speed Control OTS Configuration register is set (see Section 2.18.5 on page 77), the fan is forced to 100% duty cycle when any of the temperature
measurement channels flags an overtemperature condition. This occurs regardless of the setting of the FCDCR register in
order to help protect the system from overheating.
24 MHz
0
Clock
Divider
(1-124)
200 KHz 1
PWM
Counter
Invert
FANOUT
PWM Output -
Comparator
Bit 7
FCDCR > Counter
0
Bits 6-0
O
FCPSR Register
FANOUT
1
FCDCR Register
Figure 15. PWM Generator (FANOUT)
121
www.national.com
4.0 Fan Speed Control
4.3
(Continued)
FAN SPEED CONTROL REGISTERS
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:
• R/W = Read/Write.
• R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
• W = Write.
• RO = Read Only.
• R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
4.3.1
Fan Speed Control Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
Device specific1
FCPSR
Fan Speed Control Pre-Scale
R/W
4.3.2
Device specific1
FCDCR
Fan Speed Control Duty Cycle
R/W
4.3.3
1. The location of this register is defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
4.3.2
Fan Speed Control Pre-Scale Register (FCPSR)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Clock
Select
Reset
0
Bit
7
6-0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Pre-Scale Value
0
0
0
0
Description
Clock Select. This bit selects the input clock for the clock divider.
0: 24 MHz
1: 200 KHz
Pre-Scale Value. The clock divider for the input clock (24 MHz or 200 KHz) is Pre-Scale Value + 1. Writing
0000000b to these bits transfers the input clock directly to the counter. The maximum clock divider is 124 (7Bh
+1). These bits must not be programmed with the values 7Ch, 7Dh, 7Eh and 7Fh as this may produce
unpredictable results.
The contents of this register should not be changed when the corresponding Fan Speed Control Enable bit of
the Fan Speed Control Configuration register is 1 (see Device Architecture and Configuration chapter) as this
may produce unpredictable results.
www.national.com
122
4.0 Fan Speed Control
4.3.3
(Continued)
Fan Speed Control Duty Cycle Register (FCDCR)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
Duty Cycle Value
Reset
1
1
1
1
1
Bit
Description
7-0
Duty Cycle. The binary value of this 8-bit field determines the number of clock cycles out of a 256-cycle period,
during which the PWM output is high (while FANOUT is either equal to or the inverse of the PWM output,
depending on the Inverse FANOUT configuration bit).
00h: PWM output is continuously low
01h - FEh: PWM output is high for [Duty Cycle Value] clock cycles and low for [256-Duty Cycle Value] clock
cycles
FFh: PWM output is continuously high
4.4
FAN SPEED CONTROL BITMAP
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
Device
specific1
FCPSR
Clock
Select
Device
specific 1
FCDCR
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Pre-Scale Value
Duty Cycle Value
1. The location of this register is defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
123
www.national.com
5.0
5.1
Fan Speed Monitor
OVERVIEW
This chapter describes a generic Fan Speed Monitor module. For the implementation used in this device, see the Device
Architecture and Configuration chapter.
The Fan Speed Monitor determines the fan’s speed by measuring the time between consecutive tachometer pulses emitted
by the fan once or twice per revolution (depending on the fan type). It may provide the system with a current speed reading
and/or alert the system, by interrupt, whenever the speed drops below a programmable threshold. The Fan Speed Monitor
indicates whether the speed is just below the threshold or inefficiently low to consider the fan stopped.
Figure 16 shows the basic system configuration of the Fan Speed Monitor.
Fan
Tachometer Pulse
Filtering
Circuitry
(optional)
FANIN
Fan Speed
Monitor
Figure 16. Fan Speed Monitor - System Configuration
5.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The fan emits a tachometer pulse every half or full revolution (depending on the fan type). These pulses are fed into the Fan
Speed Monitor through the FANIN input pin. Measuring the time between these pulses is the basis for speed monitoring.
NCBTP is defined as the Number of Clock-cycles Between consecutive Tachometer Pulses. For a known clock rate (f Hz)
and number of pulses per revolution (n=1,2), the Fan Speed is calculated according to the following relationship:
f
Fan Speed (in RPM) = 60 • -----------------------------NCBTP • n
The Fan Speed Monitor consists of an 8-bit counter to measure the NCBTP and three 8-bit registers: Fan Monitor Speed
register (FMSPR), Fan Monitor Threshold register (FMTHR) and Fan Monitor Control and Status register (FMCSR). Figure
17 is a general block diagram of the Fan Speed Monitor.
The Up Counter and the FMSPR register are cleared to 0 while the Fan Speed Monitor is disabled (and in particular upon
system reset).
When the Fan Speed Monitor is enabled and there is no counter overflow, the counter runs (up-counts), clocked by the selected clock rate. Starting from the second FANIN pulse (after activation) and upon every rising edge of FANIN when the
Over Threshold bit is 0, the FMSPR register is loaded with the contents of the counter, the counter is cleared to 0 and the
Speed Ready bit is set to 1.
Upon reading FMSPR, the Speed Ready bit of the FMCSR is cleared to 0.
The above operation continually repeats itself, providing the host with the current speed reading, as long as the FMSPR
register value is lower than the threshold.
Once the loaded FMSPR register value exceeds the threshold, the Over Threshold bit is set to 1. Interrupt is asserted if
enabled. The FMSPR register is not loaded with any new values when the Over Threshold bit is set. A new value is loaded
only after clearing the Over Threshold bit (by writing 1) and reading the FMSPR register. This guarantees that the same
NCBTP value that generated the interrupt remains available for the interrupt handler.
If the counter passes FFh, the Overflow bit is set to 1, the FMSPR register is cleared and the interrupt is asserted, if enabled.
The Overflow bit is cleared to 0 when it is written with 1, after which speed measurement resumes.
The input buffer of the FANIN signal is a hysteresis buffer (Schmitt trigger). This signal passes through a digital filter when
the Filter Disable bit (bit 4 of the FMCSR register) is 0. The digital filter uses a 32 KHz clock to filter out any pulses shorter
than 750 µsec. This filter can be by-passed when setting bit 4 of the FMCSR register to 1.
124
www.national.com
5.0 Fan Speed Monitor
(Continued)
.
Set
Speed Ready
(FMCSR, Bit 0)
16 Khz
8 Khz
Clock
Up Counter
4 Khz
Overflow
(FMCSR, Bit 2)
Clear
2 Khz
Clock Select
(FMCSR, Bits 6-5)
FMSPR Register
Load
Over
Threshold
(FMCSR, Bit 1)
Interrupt
Comparator
Filter
Pos. Edge
Detector
Interrupt Enable
(FMCSR, Bit 3)
FANIN
FMTHR Register
Filter Disable
(FMCSR, Bit 4)
Figure 17. Fan Speed Monitor
5.3
FAN SPEED MONITOR REGISTERS
The FMSPR register is used to hold the current speed reading (which is represented by the latest NCBTP and refreshed
upon every FANIN pulse).
The FMTHR register holds the maximum allowed NCBTP value (representing the slowest speed at which the fan is allowed
to operate) without causing system alert.
Additional control and status bits are available through the FMCSR register. These include:
•
Over Threshold. A status bit that indicates that the NCBTP has exceeded the threshold (the speed has dropped below
the allowed minimum).
•
Overflow. A status bit that indicates that the NCBTP is higher than FFh. With a proper input clock selection, this means
that the speed is inefficiently low and is considered stopped.
•
•
Speed Ready. A status bit that indicates that new, valid data has been loaded into the FMSPR register.
Clock Select. A 2-bit control field that selects the counter clock rate as either 2 KHz, 4 KHz, 8 KHz or 16 KHz.
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:
• R/W = Read/Write.
• R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
• W = Write.
• RO = Read Only.
• R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
5.3.1
Fan Speed Monitor Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Type
Section
Fan Monitor Threshold
R/W
5.3.2
FMSPR
Fan Monitor Speed
RO
5.3.3
FMCSR
Fan Monitor Control and Status
Varies per bit
5.3.4
specific1
FMTHR
Device specific1
Device specific1
Device
1.
Register Name
The location of this register is defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
125
www.national.com
5.0 Fan Speed Monitor
5.3.2
(Continued)
Fan Monitor Threshold Register (FMTHR)
This 8-bit register contains the programmable threshold for the fan. This threshold is the maximum number of clock cycles
between consecutive tachometer pulses (frequencies of 16, 8, 4 or 2 KHz). It represents the minimum fan speed permitted
in the system. If the period between consecutive tachometer pulses is greater than the threshold, an interrupt (if enabled) is
issued. After reset, the value of FMTHR is FFh.
This register should not be changed when the corresponding Fan Monitor Enable bit is set to 1 (enabled), since this may
cause unpredictable results.
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
Threshold Value
Reset
5.3.3
4
1
1
1
1
1
Fan Monitor Speed Register (FMSPR)
This read-only 8-bit register holds the speed reading, represented by number of clock cycles between consecutive tachometer pulses. For details, refer to Section 5.2. When the Speed Ready bit of the FMCSR register is 1, FMSPR holds valid data
that has not yet been read.
It is cleared to 00h upon any of the following conditions:
●
System reset.
●
Fan Monitor Enable bit is set to 0.
●
Overflow bit is set to 1.
Location:
Device specific
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
Name
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
Filter
Disable
Interrupt
Enable
Overflow
Over
Threshold
Speed
Ready
0
0
0
0
0
Fan Speed Reading
Reset
5.3.4
4
0
0
0
0
Fan Monitor Control and Status Register (FMCSR)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
Name
Reserved
Reset
0
www.national.com
6
5
Clock Select
0
1
126
5.0 Fan Speed Monitor
Bit
Type
7
Description
Reserved
6-5
R/W Clock Select. Selects the clock source provided to the counter.
These bits must not be changed when the corresponding Fan Monitor Enable bit is 1 (enabled).
00: 16 KHz
01: 8 KHz (default)
10: 4 KHz
11: 2 KHz
4
R/W Filter Disable. When this bit is set to 1, the digital filter is disabled. When it is cleared, the filter is
enabled. This bit should not be changed when the corresponding Fan Monitor Enable bit is 1 (enabled)
to avoid unpredictable results.
0: Digital filter enabled (default)
1: Digital filter disabled
3
R/W Interrupt Enable. This bit controls the assertion of overflow interrupt and Over Threshold interrupt.
0: Interrupt disabled (default)
1: Interrupt enabled. Interrupt is asserted when an Over Threshold bit, Overflow bit or both are set to 1.
2
R/W1C Overflow. Indicates that the counter has passed FFh and the fan speed is inefficiently slow; i.e., slower
than 60 ∗ f/(256 ∗ n). Writing 1 to this bit clears it to 0.
0: No overflow occurred since the last time this bit was cleared (by reset or by writing 1)
1: Counter passed FFh
1
R/W1C Over Threshold. Indicates that the value loaded into the FMSPR register upon detection of the rising
edge of the FANIN pulse exceeded the threshold value.
0: FMSPR register value did not exceed the threshold since the last time this bit was cleared (by reset
or by writing 1)
1: FMSPR register value exceeded the threshold
0
5.4
(Continued)
RO
Speed Ready. This bit indicates that the speed register holds new (not yet read) and valid data. It is set
to 1 on each rising edge of the FANIN input (starting from the second one) if the Over Threshold bit is
0. It is cleared to 0 whenever the speed register is read or when the Overflow bit is set.
0: No new valid data in the FMSPR register (data is either invalid or has already been read)
1: FMSPR register loaded with new and valid data
FAN SPEED MONITOR BITMAP
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
Device
specific1
FMTHR
Threshold Value
Device
specific1
FMSPR
Fan Speed Reading
Device
specific1
FMCSR
Reserved
6
5
4
Filter
Disable
Clock Select
3
Interrupt
Enable
2
1
0
Overflow
Over
Threshold
Speed
Ready
1. The location of this register is defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
127
www.national.com
6.0
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
This chapter describes one 8-bit port. A device may include a combination of several ports with different implementations.
For the device specific implementation, see the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
6.1
OVERVIEW
The GPIO port is an 8-bit port, which is based on eight pins. It features:
●
Software capability to manipulate and read pin levels.
●
Controllable system notification by several means based on the pin level or level transition.
●
Ability to capture and manipulate events and their associated status.
●
Back-drive protected pins.
GPIO port operation is associated with two sets of registers:
●
Pin Configuration registers, mapped in the Device Configuration space. These registers are used to statically set up
the logical behavior of each pin. There are two 8-bit register for each GPIO pin.
●
Four 8-bit runtime registers: GPIO Data Out (GPDO), GPIO Data In (GPDI), GPIO Event Enable (GPEVEN) and
GPIO Event Status (GPEVST). These registers are mapped in the GPIO device IO space (which is determined by
the base address registers in the GPIO Device Configuration). They are used to manipulate and/or read the pin values and to control and handle system notification. Each runtime register corresponds to the 8-pin port, such that bit
‘n’ in each one of the four registers is associated with GPIOXn pin, where ‘X’ is the port number.
Each GPIO pin is associated with ten configuration bits and the corresponding bit slice of the four runtime registers, as
shown in Figure 18.
The functionality of the GPIO port is divided into basic functionality (which includes the manipulation and reading of the GPIO
pins) and enhanced functionality (which includes event detection and system notification). Basic functionality is described in
Section 6.2. Enhanced functionality is described in Section 6.3.
Bit n
GPDOX
GPIOX Base Address
GPDIX
8 GPCFG
Registers
X = port number
n = pin number, 0 to 7
GPIO Pin
Configuration (GPCFG)
Register
GPEVENX
Runtime
Registers
GPEVSTX
GPIOXn
Pin
GPIOXn CNFG
GPIOXn
Port Logic
x8
GPIO Pin
Select (GPSEL)
Register
Port and Pin
Select
8 GPEVR
Registers
x8
Event
Pending
Indicator
x8
GPIO Pin Event
Routing (GPEVR)
Register
GPIOXn ROUTE
Figure 18. GPIO Port Architecture
www.national.com
128
Event
Routing
Control
Interrupt
Request
SMI
PWUREQ
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.2
(Continued)
BASIC FUNCTIONALITY
The basic functionality of each GPIO pin is based on four configuration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers GPDO and
GPDI. The configuration and operation of a single pin GPIOXn (pin n in port X) is shown in Figure 19.
GPIO Device
Enable
Read Only
Data In
Static
Pull-Up
Push-Pull =1
Pin
Read/Write
Data Out
Internal
Bus
Pull-Up
Enable
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output
Enable
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
GPIO Pin Configuration (GPCFG) Register
Figure 19. GPIO Basic Functionality
6.2.1
Configuration Options
The GPCFG register controls the following basic configuration options:
•
•
Port Direction - Controlled by the Output Enable bit (bit 0).
•
Weak Static Pull-up - May be added to any type of port (input, open-drain or push-pull). It is controlled by Pull-Up Control
(bit 2).
•
Pin Lock - GPIO pin may be locked to prevent any changes in the output value and/or the output characteristics. The
lock is controlled by Lock (bit 3). It disables writes to the GPDO register bits and to bits 0-3 of the GPCFG register (Including the Lock bit itself). Once locked, it can be released by hardware reset only.
Output Type - Push-pull vs. open-drain. It is controlled by Output Buffer Type (bit 1) by enabling/disabling the pull-up
portion of the output buffer.
6.2.2
Operation
The value that is written to the GPDO register is driven to the pin if the output is enabled. Reading from the GPDO register
returns its contents regardless of the pin value or the port configuration. The GPDI register is a read-only register. Reading
from the GPDI register returns the pin value regardless of what is driving it (the port itself, configured as an output port, or
the external device when the port is configured as an input port). Writing to this register is ignored.
Activation of the GPIO port is controlled by external device specific configuration bit (or a combination of bits). When the port
is inactive, access to GPDI and GPDO registers is disabled and the inputs are blocked. However, there is no change in the
port configuration and in the GPDO value and hence there is no effect on the outputs of the pins.
129
www.national.com
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.3
(Continued)
EVENT HANDLING AND SYSTEM NOTIFICATION
The enhanced GPIO port supports system notification based on event detection. This functionality is based on six configuration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers GPEVEN and GPEVST. The configuration and operation of the event detection
capability is shown in Figure 20. The operation of system notification is illustrated in Figure 21.
1
Event
Pending
Indicator
0
Event
Enable
0
Input
Debouncer
Rising
Edge
Detector
1
Status
R/W 1 to Clear
Pin
Rising Edge or
High Level =1
Level =1
Event
Debounce
Enable
Event Polarity
Event Type
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
R/W
Detected
Enabled Events
from other
GPIO Pins
Internal
Bus
GPIO Pin Configuration Register
Figure 20. Event Detection
6.3.1
Event Configuration
Each pin in the GPIO port is a potential input event source. The event detection can trigger a system notification upon predetermined behavior of the source pin. The GPCFG register determines the event detection trigger type for the system notification.
Event Type and Polarity
Two trigger types of event detection are supported: edge and level. An edge event may be detected upon a source pin transition either from high to low or low to high. A level event may be detected when the source pin is in active level. The trigger
type is determined by Event Type (bit 4 of the GPCFG register). The direction of the transition (for edge) or the polarity of
the active level (for level) is determined by Event Polarity (bit 5 of the GPCFG register).
Event Debounce Enable
The input signal can be debounced for about 15 msec before entering the detector. To ensure that the signal is stable, the
signal state is transferred to the detector only after a debouncing period, during which the signal has no transitions. The
debouncer adds 15 msec delay to both assertion and de-assertion of the event pending indicator. Therefore, when working
with a level event and system notification by either SMI or IRQ, it is recommended to disable the debounce if the delay in
the SMI/IRQ de-assertion is not acceptable. The debounce is controlled by Event Debounce Enable (bit 6 of the GPCFG
register).
6.3.2
System Notification
System notification on GPIO-triggered events is by means of assertion of one or more of the following output pins:
●
Interrupt Request (via the device’s Bus Interface).
●
System Management Interrupt (SMI, via the device’s Bus Interface).
●
Power-Up Request (PWUREQ, via the System Wake-Up Control).
The system notification for each GPIO pin is controlled by the corresponding bits in the GPEVEN and GPEVR registers.
System notification by a GPIO pin is enabled if the corresponding bit of the GPEVEN register is set to 1. The corresponding
bits in the GPEVR register select which means of system notification the detected event is routed to. The event routing
mechanism is described in Figure 21.
www.national.com
130
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
(Continued)
Event Pending Indicator
PWUREQ
SMI
Event
Routing
Logic
Enable
PWUREQ
Routing
Enable
SMI
Routing
Enable
IRQ
Routing
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
IRQ
Routed Events
from other GPIO Pins
GPIO Pin Event Routing Register
Figure 21. GPIO Event Routing Mechanism
The GPEVST register is a general-purpose edge detector that may be used to reflect the event source pending status for
edge-triggered events.
The term active edge refers to a change in a GPIO pin level that matches the Event Polarity bit (1 for rising edge and 0 for
falling edge). Active level refers to the GPIO pin level that matches the Event Polarity bit (1 for high level and 0 for low level).
The corresponding bit of the GPEVST register is set by hardware whenever an active edge is detected regardless of any
other bit settings. Writing 1 to the Status bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 is ignored.
A GPIO pin is in event pending state if the corresponding bit of the GPEVEN register is set and either:
●
The Event Type is level and the pin is in active level, or
●
The Event Type is edge and the corresponding bit of the GPEVST register is set.
The target means of system notification is asserted if at least one GPIO pin is in event pending state.
The selection of the target means of system notification is determined by the GPEVR register. If IRQ is selected as one of the
means for the system notification, the specific IRQ line is determined by the IRQ selection procedure of the device configuration. The assertion of any means of system notification is blocked when the GPIO functional block is deactivated.
If the output of a GPIO pin is enabled, it may be put in event pending state by the software when writing to the GPDO register.
A pending edge event may be cleared by clearing the corresponding GPEVST bit. However, a level event source may not
be released by software (except for disabling the source) as long as the pin is in active level. When level event is used, it is
recommended to disable the input debouncer.
Upon deactivation of the GPIO port, the GPEVST register is cleared and access to both the GPEVST and GPEVEN registers
is disabled. All system notification means including the target IRQ line are detached from the GPIO and de-asserted.
Before enabling any system notification, it is recommended to set the desired event configuration and then verify that the
status registers are cleared.
6.4
GPIO PORT REGISTERS
The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:
●
R/W = Read/Write.
●
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
●
W = Write.
●
RO = Read Only.
●
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
131
www.national.com
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.4.1
(Continued)
GPIO Pin Configuration (GPCFG) Register
This is a group of eight identical configuration registers, each of which is associated with one GPIO pin. The entire set is
mapped to the PnP configuration space. The mapping scheme is based on the GPSEL register, which functions as an index
register and the specific GPCFG register, which reflects the configuration of the currently selected pin. For details on the
GPSEL register, refer to the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
Bits 4-6 are applicable only for the enhanced GPIO port with event detection support. In the basic port, these bits are reserved, return 0 on read and have no effect on port functionality.
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W (bit 3 is set only)
Bit
7
6
5
4
Event DeEvent PoEvent Type
Reserved bounce Enlarity
able
Name
Reset
0
1
Bit
0
0
3
2
1
0
Lock
Pull-Up
Control
Output
Type
Output Enable
0
1
0
0
Description
7
Reserved.
6
Event Debounce Enable.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
5
Event Polarity. This bit defines the polarity of the signal that causes a detection of an event from the
corresponding GPIO pin (falling/low or rising/high).
0: Falling edge or low-level input (default)
1: Rising edge or high-level input
4
Event Type. This bit defines the signal type that causes a detection of an event from the corresponding GPIO
pin.
0: Edge input (default)
1: Level input
3
Lock. This bit locks the corresponding GPIO pin. Once this bit is set to 1 by software, it can only be cleared to
0 by system reset or power-off. Pin multiplexing is functional until the Multiplexing Lock bit is 1. (Refer to the
Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.)
0: No effect (default)
1: Direction, output type, pull-up and output value locked
2
Pull-Up Control. This bit is used to enable/disable the internal pull-up capability of the corresponding GPIO pin.
It supports open-drain output signals with internal pull-ups and TTL input signals.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
1
Output Type. This bit controls the output buffer type (open-drain or push-pull) of the corresponding GPIO pin.
0: Open-drain (default)
1: Push-pull
0
Output Enable. This bit indicates the GPIO pin output state. It has no effect on input.
0: TRI-STATE (default)
1: Output enabled
www.national.com
132
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.4.2
(Continued)
GPIO Pin Event Routing (GPEVR) Register
This is a group of eight identical configuration registers, each of which is associated with one GPIO pin. The entire set is
mapped to the PnP configuration space. The mapping scheme is based on the GPSEL register, which functions as an index
register and the specific GPER register, which reflects the routing configuration of the currently selected pin. For details on
the GPSEL register, refer to the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
This set of registers is applicable only for the enhanced GPIO port with event detection support. In the basic port, this register
set is reserved, returns 0 on read and has no effect on port functionality.
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
3
0
0
0
Bit
2
1
0
GPIO Event GPIO Event GPIO Event
to PWUREQ to SMI En- to IRQ EnEnable
able
able
Reserved
Reset
7-3
4
0
0
0
0
1
Description
Reserved.
2
GPIO Event to PWUREQ Enable. This bit is used to enable/disable the routing of the corresponding GPIO
detected event to PWUREQ.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
GPIO Event to SMI Enable. This bit is used to enable/disable the routing of the corresponding GIO detected
event to SMI.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
GPIO Event to IRQ Enable. This bit is used to enable/disable the routing of the corresponding GPIO detected
event to IRQ.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
6.4.3
GPIO Port Runtime Register Map
Offset
Device specific1
1
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
GPDO
GPIO Data Out
R/W
6.4.4
GPDI
GPIO Data In
RO
6.4.5
specific1
GPEVEN
GPIO Event Enable
R/W
6.4.6
Device specific1
GPEVST
GPIO Event Status
R/W1C
6.4.7
Device specific
Device
1.
The location of this register is defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration
chapter in Section 2.16.1.
133
www.national.com
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.4.4
(Continued)
GPIO Data Out Register (GPDO)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
Data Out
Reset
1
1
1
Bit
1
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Data Out. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0, respectively. The value of each bit determines the value driven on
the corresponding GPIO pin when its output buffer is enabled. Writing to the bit latches the written data unless
the bit is locked by the GPCFG register Lock bit. Reading the bit returns its value regardless of the pin value
and configuration.
0: Corresponding pin driven to low when output enabled
1: Corresponding pin driven or released to high (according to buffer type and static pull-up selection) when
output enabled
0
6.4.5
GPIO Data In Register (GPDI)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
Data In
Reset
X
Bit
X
X
X
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
Data In. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0, respectively. Reading each bit returns the value of the corresponding
GPIO pin regardless of the pin configuration and the GPDO register value. Write is ignored.
0: Corresponding pin level low
1: Corresponding pin level high
1
0
www.national.com
134
6.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port
6.4.6
(Continued)
GPIO Event Enable Register (GPEVEN)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Event Enable
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
0
0
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
Event Enable. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0, respectively. Each bit enables system notification triggering by
the corresponding GPIO pin. The bit has no effect on the corresponding Status bit in the GPEVST register.
0: IRQ generation by corresponding GPIO pin masked
1: IRQ generation by corresponding GPIO pin enabled
1
0
6.4.7
GPIO Event Status Register (GPEVST)
Location:
Device specific
Type:
R/W1C
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
Reset
Bit
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
Status
0
0
0
0
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Status. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0, respectively. Each bit is an edge detector that is set to 1 by the
hardware upon detection of an active edge (i.e. edge that matches the IRQ Polarity bit) on the corresponding
GPIO pin. This edge detection is independent of the Event Type or the Event Enable bit in the GPEVEN register.
However, the bit may reflect the event status for enabled, edge-trigger event sources. Writing 1 to the Status bit
clears it to 0.
0: No active edge detected since last cleared
1: Active edge detected
0
135
www.national.com
7.0
7.1
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
OVERVIEW
The WATCHDOG Timer prompts the system via SMI or interrupt when no system activity is detected on a predefined selection of system events for a predefined period of time of between 1 and 255 minutes or seconds. The numeric value (1-255)
is configured in the WDTO register (WDTO); the time unit used for counting down (minutes or seconds) is configured in the
Status register (WDST).
The WATCHDOG Timer monitors four maskable system events: the interrupt request lines of the Keyboard, Mouse and the
two serial ports (UART1 and UART2). The system prompt is performed by asserting a special-purpose output pin (WDO),
which can be attached to external SMI. Alternatively, this indication can be routed to any arbitrary IRQ line and is also available on a status bit that can be read by the host.
This chapter describes the generic WATCHDOG Timer functional block. A device may include a different implementation.
For device specific implementation, see the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
7.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
This section describes how the WATCHDOG Timer works. By default, the WATCHDOG Timer counts down in minutes. To
change the time unit from minutes to seconds, reconfigure the WDST register as defined in Section 7.4 on page 139.
The WATCHDOG Timer consists of an 8-bit counter and three registers: Timeout register (WDTO), Mask register (WDMSK)
and Status register (WDST). The counter is an 8-bit down counter that is clocked every minute or second and is used for
the timeout period countdown. The WDTO register holds the programmable timeout, which is the period of inactivity after
which the WATCHDOG Timer prompts the system (1 to 255 minutes or seconds). The WDMSK register determines which
system events are enabled as WATCHDOG Timer trigger events to restart the countdown. The WDST register holds the
WATCHDOG Timer status bit that reflects the value of the WDO pin and indicates that the timeout period has expired. In
addition, it sets the time unit (minutes or seconds). Figure 22 shows the functionality of the WATCHDOG Timer.
Enable Bits
Write
WDMSK Register
Data Bus 1 Minute/Second Clock
3 2 1 0
WDTO Register
Keyboard IRQ
Load
Mouse IRQ
Reload
Timer
Serial Port 1 IRQ
Zero Detector
Interrupt
Serial Port 2 IRQ
Status Bit
WDO
Figure 22. WATCHDOG Timer Functional Diagram
Upon reset, the Timeout register (WDTO) is initialized to zero, the timer is deactivated, the WDO is inactive (high) and all
trigger events are masked.
Upon writing to the WDTO register, the timer is activated while the counter is loaded with the timeout value and starts counting down every minute or second. If a trigger event (unmasked system event) occurs before the counter has expired
(reached zero), the counter is reloaded with the timeout period (from WDTO register) and restarts the countdown. If no trigger event occurs before the timeout period expires, the counter reaches zero and stops counting. Consequently, the WDO
pin is asserted (pulled low) and the WDO Status bit is cleared to 0.
Writing to the WDTO register de-asserts the WDO output (released high) and sets the WDO Status bit to 1. If a non-zero
value is written, a new countdown starts as described above. If 00h is written, the timer is deactivated.
To summarize, the WDO output is de-asserted (high) and the Status bit is set to 1 (inactive) upon:
●
Reset, or
●
Activating the WATCHDOG Timer or
●
Writing to the WDTO register.
The WDO output is asserted (low) and the WDO status is set to zero (active) when the counter reaches zero.
When an IRQ is assigned to the WATCHDOG Timer (through the WATCHDOG Timer device configuration), the selected
IRQ level is active as long as the WDO status bit is low (active).
www.national.com
136
7.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
7.3
(Continued)
WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS
The WATCHDOG Timer registers, at offsets 00h-02h relative to the WATCHDOG base address, are shown in the following
register map. The base address is defined by designated registers in the WATCHDOG Timer device configuration register
set.
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:
• R/W = Read/Write.
• R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
• W = Write.
• RO = Read Only,
• R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
7.3.1
WATCHDOG Timer Register Map
Offset Mnemonic
Register Name
Section
00h
WDTO
WATCHDOG Timeout
R/W
7.3.2
01h
WDMSK
WATCHDOG Mask
R/W
7.3.3
02h
WDST
WATCHDOG Status
RO
7.3.4
03h
7.3.2
Type
Reserved
WATCHDOG Timeout Register (WDTO)
This register holds the programmable timeout period, which is between 1 and 255 minutes or seconds. Writing to this register
de-asserts the WDO output and sets the WDO status bit to 1 (inactive). Additionally, writing to this register is interpreted as
a command for starting or stopping the WATCHDOG Timer, according to the data written. If a non-zero value is written, the
timer is activated (countdown starts). If a non-zero value is written when the counter is running, the timer is immediately
reloaded with the new value and starts counting down from the new value. If 00h is written, the timer and its outputs are deactivated.
Location:
Offset 00h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reset
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Programmed Timeout Period
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7-0
Programmed Timeout Period. These bits hold the binary value of the timeout period in minutes or seconds (1
to 255). A value of 00h halts the counter and forces the outputs to inactive levels. A device reset clears the
register to 00h.
00h: Timer and WDO outputs inactive
01h-FFh: Programmed timeout period (in minutes or seconds)
137
www.national.com
7.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
7.3.3
(Continued)
WATCHDOG Mask Register (WDMSK)
This register is used to determine which system events (IRQ) are enabled as WATCHDOG Timer trigger events. An enabled
IRQ event becomes a trigger event that causes the timer to reload the WDTO and restart the countdown.
This register enables or masks the trigger events that restart the WATCHDOG Timer.
Location:
Offset 01h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
4
0
Bit
0
3
2
1
Serial Port 2 Serial Port 1 Mouse IRQ
IRQ Trigger IRQ Trigger
Trigger
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
7-4
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
KBD IRQ
Trigger
Enable
0
Description
Reserved.
3
Serial Port 2 IRQ Trigger Enable. This bit enables the IRQ assigned to Serial Port 2 to trigger WATCHDOG
Timer reloading.
0: Serial Port 2 IRQ not a trigger event
1: An active Serial Port 2 IRQ enabled as a trigger event
2
Serial Port 1 IRQ Trigger Enable. This bit enables the IRQ assigned to Serial Port 1 to trigger WATCHDOG
Timer reloading.
0: Serial Port 1 IRQ not a trigger event
1: An active Serial Port 1 IRQ enabled as a trigger event
1
Mouse IRQ Trigger Enable. This bit enables the IRQ assigned to the Mouse to trigger WATCHDOG Timer
reloading.
0: Mouse IRQ not a trigger event
1: An active Mouse IRQ enabled as a trigger event
0
KBD IRQ Trigger Enable. This bit enables the IRQ assigned to the Keyboard to trigger reloading of the
WATCHDOG Timer.
0: Keyboard IRQ not a trigger event
1: An active Keyboard IRQ enabled as a trigger event
www.national.com
138
7.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)
7.3.4
(Continued)
WATCHDOG Status Register (WDST)
This register holds the WATCHDOG Timer status, which reflects the value of the WDO pin and indicates that the timeout
period has expired.
On reset or on WATCHDOG Timer activation, this register is initialized to 01h.
Location:
Type:
Offset 02h
RO
Bit
7
6
Name
Time Unit
Reset
0
5
4
Reserved
0
0
0
Bit
7
2
1
0
Time Unit
Reserved
WDO Value
0
0
1
0
Description
Time Unit.
0: Minutes (default)
1: Seconds (see Section 7.4)
6-3
7.4
3
Reserved.
2
Time Unit.
0: Minutes (default)
1: Seconds (see Section 7.4)
1
Reserved.
0
WDO Value. This bit reflects the value of the WDO signal (even if WDO is not configured for output).
0: WDO active
1: WDO inactive (default)
COUNTING DOWN IN SECONDS
To select seconds (instead of minutes) as the time unit used by the WATCHDOG Timer to countdown:
1. In the WDST register (see Section 7.3.4), write 80h to set bit 7 to ‘1’.
2. In the WDST register, write 84h to set bit 2 to ‘1’.
3. In the WDTO register (see Section Section 7.3.2), set the number of seconds to countdown (in Hexadecimal notation,
for example, ‘0A’ is 10 seconds, ‘FF’ is 255 seconds).
7.5
WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTER BITMAP
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
WDTO
01h
WDMSK
02h
WDST
Bits
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Programmed Timeout Period
Serial Port 2 Serial Port 1
Mouse IRQ KBD IRQ
IRQ
IRQ
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Time Unit
Reserved
139
Time Unit
Reserved
WDO
Value
www.national.com
8.0
ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
The ACB is a two-wire synchronous serial interface compatible with the ACCESS.bus physical layer. The ACB is also compatible with Intel's SMBus and Philips’ I2C. The ACB can be configured as a bus master or slave and can maintain bi-directional communication with both multiple master and slave devices. As a slave device, the ACB may issue a request to
become the bus master.
The ACB allows easy interfacing to a wide range of low-cost memories and I/O devices, including EEPROMs, SRAMs, timers, ADC, DAC, clock chips and peripheral drivers.
This chapter describes the general ACB functional block. A device may include a different implementation. For device specific implementation, see the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
8.1
OVERVIEW
The ACCESS.bus protocol uses a two-wire interface for bi-directional communication between the devices connected to the
bus. The two interface lines are the Serial Data Line (SDL) and the Serial Clock Line (SCL). These lines should be connected
to a positive supply via an internal or external pull-up resistor and should remain high even when the bus is idle.
Each IC has a unique address and can operate as a transmitter or a receiver (though some peripherals are only receivers).
During data transactions, the master device initiates the transaction, generates the clock signal and terminates the transaction. For example, when the ACB initiates a data transaction with an attached ACCESS.bus compliant peripheral, the ACB
becomes the master. When the peripheral responds and transmits data to the ACB, their master/slave (data transaction initiator and clock generator) relationship is unchanged, even though their transmitter/receiver functions are reversed.
8.2
8.2.1
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Data Transactions
One data bit is transferred during each clock pulse. Data is sampled during the high state of the serial clock (SCL). Consequently, throughout the clock’s high period, the data should remain stable (see Figure 23). Any changes on the SDA line
during the high state of the SCL and in the middle of a transaction aborts the current transaction. New data should be sent
during the low SCL state. This protocol permits a single data line to transfer both command/control information and data,
using the synchronous serial clock.
Each data transaction is composed of a Start Condition, a number of byte transfers (set by the software) and a Stop Condition to terminate the transaction. Each byte is transferred with the most significant bit first. After each byte (8 bits), an Acknowledge signal must follow. The following sections provide further details of this process.
During each clock cycle, the slave can stall the master while it handles the received data or prepares new data. This can be
done for each bit transferred, or on a byte boundary, by the slave holding SCL low to extend the clock-low period. Typically,
slaves extend the first clock cycle of a transfer if a byte read has not yet been stored or if the next byte to be transmitted is
not yet ready. Some microcontrollers with limited hardware support for ACCESS.bus extend the access after each bit, thus
allowing the software to handle this bit.
SDA
SCL
Data Line Change
Stable:
of Data
Data Valid Allowed
Figure 23. Bit Transfer
8.2.2
Start and Stop Conditions
The ACCESS.bus master generates Start and Stop Conditions (control codes). After a Start Condition is generated, the bus
is considered busy and retains this status for a certain time after a Stop Condition is generated. A high-to-low transition of
the data line (SDA) while the clock (SCL) is high indicates a Start Condition. A low-to-high transition of the SDA line while
the SCL is high indicates a Stop Condition (Figure 24). After a Stop Condition is issued, the data in the received buffer is not
valid.
In addition to the first Start Condition, a repeated Start Condition can be generated in the middle of a transaction. This allows
another device to be accessed or a change in the direction of data transfer.
www.national.com
140
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
(Continued)
SDA
SCL
S
P
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
Figure 24. Start and Stop Conditions
8.2.3
Acknowledge (ACK) Cycle
The ACK cycle consists of two signals: the ACK clock pulse sent by the master with each byte transferred and the ACK
signal sent by the receiving device (see Figure 25).
The master generates the ACK clock pulse on the ninth clock pulse of the byte transfer. The transmitter releases the SDA
line (permits it to go high) to allow the receiver to send the ACK signal. The receiver must pull down the SDA line during the
ACK clock pulse, signalling that it has correctly received the last data byte and is ready to receive the next byte. Figure 26
illustrates the ACK cycle.
Acknowledge
Signal From Receiver
SDA
MSB
SCL
2 3-6
1
S
7
8
1
9
ACK
2
3-8
9
ACK
Start
Condition
P
Stop
Condition
Clock Line Held
Low by Receiver
While Interrupt
is Serviced
Byte Complete
Interrupt Within
Receiver
Figure 25. ACCESS.bus Data Transaction
Data Output
by Transmitter
Transmitter Stays Off Bus
During Acknowledge Clock
Data Output
by Receiver
Acknowledge
Signal From Receiver
SCL
1
S
2 3-6
7
8
9
Start
Condition
Figure 26. ACCESS.bus Acknowledge Cycle
141
www.national.com
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.2.4
(Continued)
Acknowledge after Every Byte Rule
According to this rule, the master generates an acknowledge clock pulse after each byte transfer and the receiver sends an
acknowledge signal after every byte received. There are two exceptions to this rule:
•
When the master is the receiver, it must indicate to the transmitter the end of data by not acknowledging (negative acknowledge) the last byte clocked out of the slave. This negative acknowledge still includes the acknowledge clock pulse
(generated by the master), but the SDA line is not pulled down.
•
When the receiver is full or otherwise occupied or if a problem has occurred, the receiver sends a negative acknowledge
to indicate that it cannot accept additional data bytes.
8.2.5
Addressing Transfer Formats
Each device on the bus has a unique address. Before any data is transmitted, the master transmits the address of the slave
being addressed. The slave device should send an acknowledge signal on the SDA line once it recognizes its address.
The address consists of the first seven bits after a Start Condition. The direction of the data transfer (R/W) depends on the
bit sent after the address, the eighth bit. A low-to-high transition during a SCL high period indicates the Stop Condition and
ends the transaction of SDA (see Figure 27).
When the address is sent, each device in the system compares this address with its own. If there is a match, the device
considers itself addressed and sends an acknowledge signal. Depending on the state of the R/W bit (1=read, 0=write), the
device acts either as a transmitter or a receiver.
The I2C bus protocol allows a general call address to be sent to all slaves connected to the bus. The first byte sent specifies
the general call address (00h). The second byte specifies the meaning of the general call (for example, write slave address
by software only). Those slaves that require data acknowledge the call and become slave receivers; other slaves ignore the
call.
SDA
SCL
1-7
S
8
9
Start
Condition Address R/W ACK
1-7
Data
8
9
1-7
ACK
Data
9
8
ACK
P
Stop
Condition
Figure 27. A Complete ACCESS.bus Data Transaction
8.2.6
Arbitration on the Bus
Multiple master devices on the bus require arbitration between their conflicting bus access demands. Control of the bus is
initially determined according to address bits and clock cycle. If the masters are trying to address the same slave, data comparisons determine the outcome of this arbitration. In Master mode, the device immediately aborts a transaction if the value
sampled on the SDA line differs from the value driven by the device. (An exception to this rule is SDA while receiving data.
The lines may be driven low by the slave without causing an abort.)
The SCL signal is monitored for clock synchronization and to allow the slave to stall the bus. The actual clock period is set
by the master with the longest clock period or by the slave stall period. The clock high period is determined by the master
with the shortest clock high period.
When an abort occurs during the address transmission, a master that identifies the conflict should give up the bus, switch
to Slave mode and continue to sample SDA to check if it is being addressed by the winning master on the bus.
www.national.com
142
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.2.7
(Continued)
Master Mode
Requesting Bus Mastership
An ACCESS.bus transaction starts with a master device requesting bus mastership. It asserts a Start Condition followed by
the address of the device it wants to access. If this transaction is successfully completed, the software may assume that the
device has become the bus master.
For the device to become the bus master, the software should perform the following steps:
1. Configure the INTEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register to the desired operation mode (Polling or Interrupt) and set the START
bit of this register. This causes the ACB to issue a Start Condition on the ACCESS.bus when the ACCESS.bus becomes
free (BB bit of the ACBCST register is cleared or other conditions that can delay start). It then stalls the bus by holding
SCL low.
2. If a bus conflict is detected (i.e., another device pulls down the SCL signal), the BER bit of the ACBST register is set.
3. If there is no bus conflict, the MASTER bit of the ACBST register and the SCAST of the ACBST register are set.
4. If the INTEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register is set and either the BER or SDAST bit of the ACBST register is set, an interrupt
is issued.
Sending the Address Byte
When the device is the active master of the ACCESS.bus (the MASTER bit of the ACBST register is set), it can send the
address on the bus.
The address sent should not be the device’s own address, as defined by the ADDR bit of the ACBADDR register if the SAEN
bit of this register is set, nor should it be the global call address if the GCMTCH bit of the ACBCST register is set.
To send the address byte, use the following sequence:
1. For a receive transaction where the software wants only one byte of data, set the ACB bit of the ACBCTL1 register. If
only an address needs to be sent or if the device requires stall for some other reason, set the STASTRE bit of the
ACBCTL1 register.
2. Write the address byte (7-bit target device address) and the direction bit to the ACBSDA register. This causes the ACB
to generate a transaction. At the end of this transaction, the acknowledge bit received is copied to the NEGACK bit of
the ACBST register. During the transaction, the SDA and SCL lines are continuously checked for conflict with other devices. If a conflict is detected, the transaction is aborted, the BER bit of the ACBST register is set and the MASTER bit
of this register is cleared.
3. If the STASTRE bit of the ACBCTL1 register is set and the transaction was successfully completed (i.e., both the BER
and NEGACK bits of the ACBST register are cleared), the STASTR bit is set. In this case, the ACB stalls any further
ACCESS.bus operations (i.e., holds SCL low). If the INTEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register is set, it also sends an interrupt
request to the host.
4. If the requested direction is transmit and the start transaction was completed successfully (i.e., neither the NEGACK nor
the BER bit of the ACBST register is set and no other master has accessed the device), the SDAST bit of the ACBST
register is set to indicate that the ACB awaits attention.
5. If the requested direction is receive, the start transaction was completed successfully and the STASTRE bit of the
ACBCTL1 register is cleared, the ACB starts receiving the first byte automatically.
6. Check that both the BER and NEGACK bits of the ACBST register are cleared. If the INTEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register
is set, an interrupt is generated when either the BER or NEGACK bit of the ACBST register is set.
Master Transmit
After becoming the bus master, the device can start transmitting data on the ACCESS.bus.
To transmit a byte in an interrupt or polling controlled operation, the software should:
1. Check that both the BER and NEGACK bits of the ACBST register are cleared and that the SDAST bit of the ACBST
register is set. If the STASTRE bit of the ACBCTL1 register is set, also check that the STASTR bit of the ACBST register
is cleared (and clear it if required).
2. Write the data byte to be transmitted to the ACBSDA register.
When either the NEGACK or BER bit of the ACBST register is set, an interrupt is generated. When the slave responds with
a negative acknowledge, the NEGACK bit of the ACBST register is set and the SDAST bit of the ACBST register remains
cleared. In this case, if the INTEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register is set, an interrupt is issued.
143
www.national.com
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
(Continued)
eive
After becoming the bus master, the device can start receiving data on the ACCESS.bus.
To receive a byte in an interrupt or polling operation, the software should:
1. Check that the SDAST bit of the ACBST register is set and that the BER bit is cleared. If the STASTRE bit of the
ACBCTL1 register is set, also check that the STASTRE bit of the ACBST register is cleared (and clear it if required).
2. Set the ACK bit of the ACBCTL1 register to 1, if the next byte is the last byte that should be read. This causes a negative
acknowledge to be sent.
3. Read the data byte from the ACBSDA register.
Before receiving the last byte of data, set the ACK bit of the ACBCTL1 register.
Master Stop
To end a transaction, set the STOP bit of the ACBCTL1 register before clearing the current stall flag (i.e., the SDAST,
NEGACK or STASTR bit of the ACBST register). This causes the ACB to send a Stop Condition immediately and to clear
the STOP bit of the ACBCTL1 register. A Stop Condition may be issued only when the device is the active bus master (the
MASTER bit of the ACBST register is set).
Master Bus Stall
The ACB can stall the ACCESS.bus between transfers while waiting for the host response. The ACCESS.bus is stalled by
holding the SCL signal low after the acknowledge cycle. Note that this is interpreted as the beginning of the following bus
operation. The user must make sure that the next operation is prepared before the flag that causes the bus stall is cleared.
The flags that can cause a bus stall in Master mode are:
●
Negative acknowledge after sending a byte (NEGACK bit of the ACBST register = 1).
●
SDAST bit of the ACBST register = 1.
●
STASTRE bit of the ACBCTL1 register = 1 after a successful start (STASTR bit of the ACBST register =1).
Repeated Start
A repeated start is performed when the device is already the bus master (MASTER bit of the ACBST register is set). In this
case, the ACCESS.bus is stalled and the ACB awaits host handling due to the following states in the ACBST register: negative acknowledge (NEGACK bit = 1), empty buffer (SDAST bit = 1) and/or a stall after start (STASTR bit = 1).
For a repeated start:
1. Set the START bit of the ACBCTL1 register = 1.
2. In Master Receive mode, read the last data item from ACBSDA.
3. Follow the address send sequence, as described in Sending the Address Byte.
4. If the ACB was awaiting handling (STASTR bit of the ACBST register = 1), clear it only after writing the requested address
and direction to ACBSDA.
Master Error Detection
The ACB detects illegal Start or Stop Conditions (i.e., a Start or Stop Condition within the data transfer or the acknowledge
cycle) and a conflict on the data lines of the ACCESS.bus. If an illegal condition is detected, BER is set and Master mode is
exited (MASTER bit of the ACBST. register is cleared).
Bus Idle Error Recovery
When a request to become the active bus master or a restart operation fails, the BER bit of the ACBST register is set to
indicate the error. In some cases, both the device and the other device may identify the failure and leave the bus idle. In this
case, the start sequence may be incomplete and the ACCESS.bus may remain deadlocked.
To recover from deadlock, use the following sequence:
1. Clear the BER and BB bits of the ACBCST register.
2. Wait for a timeout period to check that there is no other active master on the bus (the BB bit remains cleared).
3. Disable and re-enable the ACB to put it in the non-addressed Slave mode. This completely resets the functional block.
At this point, some of the slaves may not identify the bus error. To recover, the ACB becomes the bus master: it asserts a
Start Condition, sends an address byte and then asserts a Stop Condition that synchronizes all the slaves.
www.national.com
144
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.2.8
(Continued)
Slave Mode
A slave device waits in Idle mode for a master to initiate a bus transaction. Whenever the ACB is enabled and is not acting
as a master (the MASTER bit of the ACBST register is cleared), it acts as a slave device.
Once a Start Condition on the bus is detected, the device checks whether the address sent by the current master matches
either:
●
The ADDR bit value of the ACBADDR register, if the SAEN bit = 1, or
●
The general call address if the GCMEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register = 1.
This match is checked even when the MASTER bit is set. If a bus conflict (on SDA or SCL) is detected, the BER bit of the
ACBST register is set, the MASTER bit is cleared and the device continues to search the received message for a match.
If an address match or a global match is detected:
1. The device asserts its SDA pin during the acknowledge cycle.
2. The MATCH bit of the ACBCST register and the NMATCH bit of the ACBST register are set. If the XMIT bit of the ACBST
register is set (Slave Transmit mode), the SDAST bit of the ACBST register is set to indicate that the buffer is empty.
3. If the INTEN bit of the ACBCTL1 register is set, an interrupt is generated the NMINTE bit is also set.
4. The software then reads the XMIT bit of the ACBST register to identify the direction requested by the master device. It
clears the NMATCH bit of the ACBST register so future byte transfers are identified as data bytes.
Slave Receive and Transmit
Slave receive and transmit are performed after a match is detected and the data transfer direction is identified. After a byte
transfer, the ACB extends the acknowledge clock until the software reads or writes the ACBSDA register. The receive and
transmit sequences are identical to those used in the master routine.
Slave Bus Stall
When operating as a slave, the device stalls the ACCESS.bus by extending the first clock cycle of a transaction in the following cases:
●
SDAST bit of the ACBST register is set.
●
NMATCH bit of the ACBST register and NMINTE bit of the ACBCTL1 register are set.
Slave Error Detection
The ACB detects illegal Start and Stop Conditions on the ACCESS.bus (i.e., a Start or Stop Condition within the data transfer
or the acknowledge cycle). When this occurs, the BER bit is set and MATCH and GMATCH are cleared, setting the ACB as
an unaddressed slave.
8.2.9
Configuration
SDA and SCL Signals
The SDA and SCL are open-drain signals. The device permits the user to define whether to enable or disable the internal
pull-up of each of these signals.
ACB Clock Frequency
The ACB permits the user to set the clock frequency for the ACCESS.bus clock. The clock is set by the SCLFRQ field of the
ACBCTL2 register, which determines the SCL clock period used by the device. This clock low period may be extended by
stall periods initiated by the ACB or by another ACCESS.bus device. In case of a conflict with another bus master, a shorter
clock high period may be forced by the other bus master until the conflict is resolved.
145
www.national.com
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.3
(Continued)
ACB REGISTERS
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:
• R/W = Read/Write.
• R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
• W = Write.
• RO = Read Only.
• R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
8.3.1
ACB Register Map
Offset Mnemonic
8.3.2
Register Name
Type
Section
00h
ACBSDA
ACB Serial Data
R/W
8.3.2
01h
ACBST
ACB Status
Varies per bit
8.3.3
02h
ACBCST
ACB Control Status
Varies per bit
8.3.4
03h
ACBCTL1
ACB Control 1
R/W
8.3.5
04h
ACBADDR ACB Own Address
R/W
8.3.6
05h
ACBCTL2
R/W
8.3.7
ACB Control 2
ACB Serial Data Register (ACBSDA)
This shift register is used to transmit and receive data. The most significant bit is transmitted (received) first and the least
significant bit is transmitted (received) last. Reading or writing to the ACBSDA register is allowed only when the SDAST bit
of the ACBST register is set or for repeated starts after setting the START bit. An attempt to access this register under other
conditions may produce unpredictable results.
Location:
Offset 00h
Type:
R/W
Bit
Name
7
6
5
4
ACB Serial Data
Reset
www.national.com
3
146
2
1
0
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.3.3
(Continued)
ACB Status Register (ACBST)
This register maintains the current ACB status. On reset, and when the ACB is disabled, ACBST is cleared (00h).
Location:
Offset 01h
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
SLVSTP
SDAST
BER
NEGACK
STASTR
NMATCH
MASTER
XMIT
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
7
6
Type
Description
R/W1C SLVSTP (Slave Stop). Writing 0 to SLVSTP is ignored.
0: Writing 1 or ACB disabled
1: Stop Condition detected after a slave transfer in which MATCH or GCMATCH was set
RO
SDAST (SDA Status).
0: Reading from the ACBSDA register during a receive or when writing to it during a transmit. When
ACBCTL1.START is set, reading the ACBSDA register does not clear SDAST. This enables ACB to
send a repeated start in Master Receive mode.
1: SDA Data register awaiting data (transmit - master or slave) or holds data that should be read
(receive - master or slave).
5
R/W1C BER (Bus Error). Writing 0 to BER is ignored.
0: Writing 1 or ACB disabled
1: Start or Stop Condition detected during data transfer (i.e., Start or Stop Condition during the transfer
of bits 2 through 8 and acknowledge cycle) or when an arbitration problem is detected.
4
R/W1C NEGACK (Negative Acknowledge). Writing 0 to NEGACK is ignored.
0: Writing 1 or ACB disabled
1: Transmission not acknowledged on the ninth clock (In this case, SDAST is not set)
3
R/W1C STASTR (Stall After Start). Writing 0 to STASTR is ignored.
0: Writing 1 or ACB disabled
1: Address sent successfully (i.e., a Start Condition sent without a bus error or Negative Acknowledge),
if ACBCTL1.STASTRE is set. This bit is ignored in Slave mode. When STASTR is set, it stalls the
ACCESS.bus by pulling down the SCL line and suspends any further action on the bus (e.g., receive
of first byte in Master Receive mode). In addition, if ACBCTL1.INTEN is set, it also causes the ACB
to send an interrupt.
2
R/W1C NMATCH (New Match). Writing 0 to NMATCH is ignored. If ACBCTL1.INTEN is set, an interrupt is sent
when this bit is set.
0: Software writes 1 to this bit
1: Address byte follows a Start Condition or a repeated start, causing a match or a global-call match.
1
RO
Master.
0: Arbitration loss (BER is set) or recognition of a Stop Condition
1: Bus master request succeeded and Master mode active
0
RO
XMIT (Transmit). Direction bit.
0: Master/Slave Transmit mode not active
1: Master/Slave Transmit mode active
147
www.national.com
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.3.4
(Continued)
ACB Control Status Register (ACBCST)
This register configures and controls the ACB functional block. It maintains the current ACB status and controls several ACB
functions. On reset and when the ACB is disabled, the non-reserved bits of ACBCST are cleared.
Location:
Offset 02h
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
Name
Reserved
Reset
Bit
6
0
Type
7-6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
TGSCL
TSDA
GCMTCH
MATCH
BB
BUSY
0
X
0
0
0
0
Description
Reserved.
5
R/W
TGSCL (Toggle SCL Line). Enables toggling the SCL line during error recovery.
0: Clock toggle completed
1: When the SDA line is low, writing 1 to this bit toggles the SCL line for one cycle. Writing 1 to TGSCL
while SDA is high is ignored
4
RO
TSDA (Test SDA Line). This bit reads the current value of the SDA line. It can be used while recovering
from an error condition in which the SDA line is constantly pulled low by an out-of-sync slave. Data written
to this bit is ignored.
3
RO
GCMTCH (Global Call Match).
0: Start Condition or repeated Start and a Stop Condition (including illegal Start or Stop Condition)
1: In Slave mode, ACBCTL1.GCMEN is set and the address byte (the first byte transferred after a Start
Condition) is 00h
2
RO
MATCH (Address Match).
0: Start Condition or repeated Start and a Stop Condition (including illegal Start or Stop Condition)
1: ACBADDR.SAEN is set and the first seven bits of the address byte (the first byte transferred after a
Start Condition) match the 7-bit address in the ACBADDR register
1
R/W1C BB (Bus Busy).
0: Writing 1, ACB disabled or Stop Condition detected
1: Bus active (a low level on either SDA or SCL) or Start Condition
0
RO
www.national.com
Busy. This bit should always be written 0. This bit indicates the period between detecting a Start Condition
and completing receipt of the address byte. After this, the ACB is either free or enters Slave mode.
0: Completion of any state below or ACB disabled
1: ACB is in one of the following states:
— Generating a Start Condition
— Master mode (ACBST.MASTER is set)
— Slave mode (ACBCST.MATCH or ACBCST.GCMTCH set)
148
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.3.5
(Continued)
ACB Control Register 1 (ACBCTL1)
Location:
Offset 03h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
STASTRE
NMINTE
GCMEN
ACK
Reserved
INTEN
STOP
START
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7
STASTRE (Stall After Start Enable).
0: When cleared, ACBST.STASTR can not be set. However, if ACBST.STASTR is set, clearing STASTRE will not
clear ACBST.STASTR.
1: Stall after start mechanism enabled; ACB stalls the bus after the address byte
6
NMINTE (New Match Interrupt Enable).
0: No interrupt issued on a new match
1: Interrupt issued on a new match only if ACBCTL1.INTEN set
5
GCMEN (Global Call Match Enable).
0: ACB not responding to global call
1: Global call match enabled
4
Receive Acknowledge. This bit is ignored in Transmit mode. When the device acts as a receiver (slave or
master), this bit holds the stop transmitting instruction that is transmitted during the next acknowledge cycle.
0: Cleared after acknowledge cycle
1: Negative acknowledge issued on next received byte
3
Reserved.
2
Interrupt Enable.
0: ACB interrupt disabled
1: ACB interrupt enabled. An interrupt is generated in response to one of the following events:
— Detection of an address match (ACBST.NMATCH=1) and NMINTE=1
— Receipt of Bus Error (ACBST.BER=1)
— Receipt of Negative Acknowledge after sending a byte (ACBST.NEGACK=1)
— Acknowledge of each transaction (same as the hardware set of the ACBST.SDAST bit)
— In Master mode if ACBCTL1.STASTRE=1, after a successful start (ACBST.STASTR=1)
— Detection of a Stop Condition while in Slave mode (ACBST.SLVSTP=1)
1
Stop.
0: Automatically cleared after STOP issued
1: Setting this bit in Master mode generates a Stop Condition to complete or abort current message transfer
0
Start. Set this bit only when in Master mode or when requesting Master mode.
0: Cleared after Start Condition sent or Bus Error (ACBST.BER=1) detected
1: Single or repeated Start Condition generated on the ACCESS.bus. If the device is not the active master of
the bus (ACBST.MASTER=0), setting START generates a Start Condition when the ACCESS.bus becomes
free (ACBCST.BB=0). An address transmission sequence should then be performed.
If the device is the active master of the bus (ACBST.MASTER=1), setting START and then writing to the
ACBSDA register generates a Start Condition. If a transmission is already in progress, a repeated Start
Condition is generated. This condition can be used to switch the direction of the data flow between the master
and the slave or to choose another slave device without separating them with a Stop Condition.
149
www.national.com
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.3.6
(Continued)
ACB Own Address Register (ACBADDR)
This is a byte-wide register that holds the ACB ACCESS.bus address. The reset value of this register is undefined.
Location:
Offset 04h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
5
4
SAEN
3
2
1
0
ADDR
Reset
Bit
7
6-0
8.3.7
Description
SAEN (Slave Address Enable).
0: ACB does not check for an address match with ADDR field
1: ADDR field holds a valid address and enables the match of ADDR to an incoming address byte
ADDR (Own Address). These bits hold the 7-bit device address. When in Slave mode, the first seven bits
received after a Start Condition are compared with this field (the first bit received is compared with bit 6 and the
last bit with bit 0). If the address field matches the received data and SAEN (bit 7) is 1, a match is declared.
ACB Control Register 2 (ACBCTL2)
This register enables/disables the functional block and determines the ACB clock rate.
Location:
Offset 05h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
SCLFRQ
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
ENABLE
0
0
0
0
Bit
Description
7-1
SCLFRQ (SCL Frequency). This field defines the SCL period (low and high time) when the device serves as a
bus master. The clock low and high times are defined as follows:
tSCLl = tSCLh = 2*SCLFRQ*tCLK
where tCLK is the module input clock cycle, as defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.
SCLFRQ can be programmed to values in the range of 00010002 (810) through 11111112 (12710). Using any
other value has unpredictable results.
0
Enable.
0: ACB disabled, ACBCTL1, ACBST and ACBCST cleared and clocks halted
1: ACB enabled
www.national.com
150
8.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)
8.4
(Continued)
ACB REGISTER BITMAP
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
6
00h
ACBSDA
01h
ACBST
02h
ACBCST
03h
ACBCTL1
STASTRE
04h
ACBADDR
SAEN
05h
ACBCTL2
5
4
3
2
1
0
ACB Serial Data
SLVSTP
SDAST
Reserved
NMINTE
BER
NEGACK
STASTR
NMATCH
MASTER
XMIT
TGSCL
TSDA
GCMTCH
MATCH
BB
BUSY
GCMEN
ACK
Reserved
INTEN
STOP
START
ADDR
SCLFRQ
151
ENABLE
www.national.com
9.0
9.1
Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
OVERVIEW
The Voltage Level Monitor (VLM) is an A/D converter that monitors various voltages in the system, reports their values to
system monitoring software and can set an alarm when any of these voltages is outside a specified range. The VLM conforms to LDCM and DMI requirements for system monitoring.
The VLM can sense up to 10 voltage values. Seven sources are external and can be applied per system requirements. Four
values are internal and used for VSB, VDD, VBAT and AVDD. VSB, VDD and AVDD are internally divided by 2 to allow detection
of voltage both over and under the specified range.
The host can query the various voltage readout values and configure the VLM to generate an ALARM signal when the voltage is outside a specified range (below ViLOW or above ViHIGH, where i is the channel number). The ALARM can generate
an interrupt internally.
9.2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The VLM incorporates an 8-bit A/D converter and a set of control, configuration and status registers and digital circuitry that
controls its operation. Figure illustrates the structure of the VLM module.
The VLM measures the various input voltages periodically, as defined by the conversion rate setting (see Section 9.5.9). At
the beginning of each period, a measurement trigger is issued, which starts a burst of conversion operations. The burst includes scanning all enabled channels starting from channel 0.
To guarantee the stability of the signal at the input of the A/D converter, a delay is added between the end of each conversion
and the beginning of the next. The delay between samples should be adjusted according to the resistance and capacitance
of the input source. See Section 9.7.1 for information on how to calculate the sampling delay; see Section 9.5.9 for the associated programing model.
The voltage readout is an unsigned integer between 0 and 255. Section 9.2.1 describes how the readout is converted to a
voltage value.
The VLM is designed to preserve indication of failures by disabling the conversion whenever the SLPS3 input becomes active (i.e., VDD is expected to drop) and whenever an error is detected. The conversion and register updates resume only
after power is restored and normal system operation resumes. To prevent loss of error condition flagging, the conversions
for voltage measurement channels that are out of range are stopped until the ALARM status is cleared. Whenever SLPS3
is not available in the system, the SLPS3 input should be tied to 1 and the software should disable the measurements before
the power fails or ignore and clear any pending error flags after power is restored.
www.national.com
152
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
AVI0
VIN0
AVI6
VLM
VSB
Power
11:1
Analog
MUX
A/D
Converter
A/D Converter
Control Logic
Internal Bus
VSB
VDD
VBAT
AVDD
VIN6
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
(Continued)
Status,
Data & Config
Registers
VREF
Analog
Power
3.3V
AVDD
*(2.45
Internal ±0.05)
VREF
Start
Delay
REF
Clock
Divider
Clock
+
AVss
Low
+
Alarm Enable
and
Configuration
Logic
High
ALARM
IRQ
SMI
Figure 28. VLM Functional Diagram
9.2.1
Voltage Measurement, Channels 0 through 10
Voltage is measured relative to (2.45±0.05)*VREF (where VREF is the voltage of the VREF input or the internal reference voltage). The results are output to the Read Channel Voltage (RDCHV) register associated with the channel. The voltage measured is:
Vi = (2.45±0.05)*VREF *RDCHVi / 256
VSB, VDD and AVDD are internally divided by two. Therefore, the readouts are half their actual values. When external dividers
are used to scale input voltage to within the dynamic range of the A/D Converter, appropriate scale factors should be taken
into account.
VHIGH and VLOW Limits, ALARM Output, IRQ and SMI
The voltage reading is compared to two limits: VHIGH and VLOW. If the voltage reading is outside any of these limits, the
respective status bit (Channel High Limit Exceeded or Channel Low Limit Exceeded) in the VCHCFST register is set. The
status bit stays active until it is cleared by the software. An ALARM status bit in the VEVSTS0 or VEVSTS1 register is set
when the Channel High Limit Exceeded or the Channel Low Limit Exceeded bit for the respective channel is set.
The ALARM output is used to indicate to the system that a voltage outside the high/low limits was detected. The ALARM
output Enable bit in the VCHCFST register enables the ALARM output to be active when the Channel High Limit Exceeded
or the Channel Low Limit Exceeded status bit in the VCHCFST register is set.
The SMI output generates an interrupt if any enabled SMI event occurs. Each bit in the VEVSTS0/1 register has a corresponding SMI Enable bit in the VEVSMI0/1 register. When any status bit and its corresponding SMI Enable bit are set, the
SMI output is active.
The IRQ output generates an interrupt if any enabled IRQ event occurs. Each bit in the VEVSTS0/1 register has a corresponding IRQ Enable bit in the VEVIRQ0/1 register. When any status bit and its corresponding IRQ Enable bit are set, the
IRQ output is active.
153
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
Alarm Response Read Sequence
When the VLM activates the ALARM output, the host should respond by reading the VEVSTS0 and VEVSTS1 registers. It
should then access the register of each of the channels whose bit is set in the VEVSTS0 and VEVSTS1 registers and clear
these bits by writing 1 to each of them.
9.2.2
Power-On Reset Default States
VLM power-on default conditions are:
•
•
All registers are loaded with their default values.
The ALARM output, IRQ and SMI are disabled.
9.2.3
Standby Mode
Standby mode is enabled by setting the Standby Mode Enable bit in the VLMCFG register. Standby mode reduces power
supply current by disabling new measurements, but register values are retained and the registers can be accessed by software (as usual).
9.3
ANALOG SUPPLY CONNECTION
9.3.1
Recommendations
Power is supplied to the analog parts of the A/D Converter through two dedicated analog power pins: AVDD and AVSS. This
ensures effective isolation of the analog parts from noise caused by the digital parts. The digital parts of the VLM are supplied
via VSB. To obtain the best performance, bear in mind the following recommendations (see also details in Figure 29).
Ground Connection. The analog ground pin, AVSS, should be connected at only one point to the digital ground pins. At this
point, the following ground connections should also be made:
•
•
•
•
The decoupling capacitors of the analog supply AVDD pin.
The reference voltage VREF pin.
The four digital supply VSB pins.
The ground reference of the input signals to the A/D Converter.
Low-impedance ground layers also improve noise isolation.
Power Connection. The analog supply pin, AVDD, should be connected to a low-noise power supply, 3.3V. It is recommended to supply the AVDD pin through an external LC or RC filter. An example of an RC filter [R1 and (C2+C3)] is shown
in Figure 29.
Decoupling Capacitors. The following decoupling capacitors should be used:
•
Digital VSB: Place one capacitor of 0.1 µF on each VSB pin as close as possible to the pin (4 x C4). Also, place one 1047 µF tantalum capacitor (C5) on the common net as close as possible to the chip.
•
Analog AVDD: Place a 0.1 µF capacitor and a 10-47 µF tantalum capacitor on the AVDD pins (C3 and C2) as close as
possible to the pin.
•
VREF: Place a low-leakage, non-polarized, 0.47 µF capacitor (C1) as close as possible to the VREF pin.
www.national.com
154
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
Analog
Power
Power
Supply
R1 10 Ω
3.3 V
AD0
AD6
VIN
VREF
VREF
C1
0.47
µF
+
C2 22 C3 0.1
µF
µF
AD0
AD6
VREF
AVDD
VSB
AVSS
GND
Analog Ground Layer
+
C4 0.1
µF
C5
22
µF
Digital Ground Layer
Figure 29. Analog Power Supply
9.3.2
Reference Voltage
Analog input voltage is measured relative to (2.45±0.05)*VREF. VREF may be either internal or external. When an internal
VREF is used, a capacitor should be connected between the VREF pin and AVSS. The VREF default setting is for external.
This default prevents contention between the internal and external VREF.
Note that the VREF setting is common to both the VLM and the TMS modules. If either of these modules is configured to use
internal reference voltage, the internal reference voltage is used by both modules.
9.4
REGISTER BANK OVERVIEW
The VLM uses register banks to enable host access to its registers. The VLM has 10 common registers in addition to four
registers that are located in each of the 10 banks. The common registers include configuration and status information common to all the channels. Each of the banks is associated with one channel and holds its readout, configuration and status
information. All registers use the same 16-byte address space to indicate offsets 00h through 0Fh. The active bank must be
selected by the software.
The VLM Bank Selection (VLMBS) register, which is common to all banks, selects the active banks (see Figure 30). The
default bank selection after system reset is 0.
}
Offset 00h
.
.
.
Common
Registers
for
All Banks
Offset 08h
VLMBS (09h)
Offset 0Ah
Offset 0Bh
BANK 10
Offset 0Eh
Offset 0Fh
BANK 1
BANK 0
Figure 30. Register Bank Architecture
155
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.5
(Continued)
VLM REGISTERS
The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:
• R/W = Read/Write.
• R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
• W = Write.
• RO = Read Only.
• R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
9.5.1
VLM Register Map
Table 48. VLM Control and Status Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
00h
VEVSTS0
Voltage Event Status 0
RO
9.5.2
01h
VEVSTS1
Voltage Event Status 1
RO
9.5.3
02h
VEVSMI0
Voltage Event to SMI 0
R/W
9.5.4
03h
VEVSMI1
Voltage Event to SMI 1
R/W
9.5.5
04h
VEVIRQ0
Voltage Event to IRQ 0
R/W
9.5.6
05h
VEVIRQ1
Voltage Event to IRQ 1
R/W
9.5.7
06h
VID
Voltage ID
Varies per bit
9.5.8
07h
VCNVR
Voltage Conversion Rate
R/W
9.5.9
08h
VLMCFG
VLM Configuration
R/W
9.5.10
09h
VLMBS
VLM Bank Select
R/W
9.5.11
Table 49. VLM Channel Register Map (One per Channel)
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
Varies per bit
9.5.12
0Ah VCHCFST
Voltage Channel Configuration and Status
0Bh RDCHV
Read Channel Voltage
RO
9.5.13
0Ch CHVH
Channel Voltage High Limit
R/W
9.5.14
0Dh CHVL
Channel Voltage Low Limit
R/W
9.5.15
0EhReserved
0Fh
www.national.com
156
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.5.2
(Continued)
Voltage Event Status Register 0 (VEVSTS0)
This register indicates which of the corresponding eight VLM events has occurred.
Location:
Offset 00h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
VSB
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI6
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI5
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI4
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI3
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI2
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI1
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI0
ALARM
Event
Status
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
7
Description
VSB ALARM Event Status. This channel measures the internal VSB power, using VSB/2.
0: Voltage level within limits (default)
1: High or low limit exceeded
6-0 Analog Voltage Inputs 6-0 ALARM Event Status.
0: Voltage level within limits (default)
1: High or low limit exceeded
9.5.3
Voltage Event Status Register 1 (VEVSTS1)
This register indicates which of the corresponding VLM events has occurred.
Location:
Offset 01h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
Name
Reset
5
4
3
Reserved
0
Bit
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
AVDD
ALARM
Event
Status
VBAT
ALARM
Event
Status
VDD
ALARM
Event
Status
0
0
0
Description
7-3 Reserved.
2
AVDD ALARM Event Status. This channel measures the internal AVDD power, using AVDD/2.
0: Voltage level within limits (default)
1: High or low limit exceeded
1
VBAT ALARM Event Status. This channel measures the VBAT power input.
0: Voltage level within limits (default)
1: High or low limit exceeded
0
VDD ALARM Event Status. This channel measures the internal VDD power, using VDD/2.
0: Voltage level within limits (default)
1: High or low limit exceeded
157
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.5.4
(Continued)
Voltage Event to SMI Register 0 (VEVSMI0)
This register is one of two registers that controls event routing to SMI.
Location:
Offset 02h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VSB Event AVI6 Event AVI5 Event AVI4 Event AVI3 Event AVI2 Event AVI1 Event AVI0 Event
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Name
Reset
0
0
Bit
7
0
0
Description
VSB Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6-0 AVI6-0 Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
158
0
0
0
0
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.5.5
(Continued)
Voltage Event to SMI Register 1 (VEVSMI1)
This register is one of two registers that controls event routing to SMI.
Location:
Offset 03h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
0
0
Bit
0
1
0
AVDD Event VBAT Event VDD Event
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
2
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7-3 Reserved.
2
AVDD Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
VBAT Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
VDD Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
159
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.5.6
(Continued)
Voltage Event to IRQ Register 0 (VEVIRQ0)
This register is one of two registers that controls event routing to IRQ.
Location:
Offset 04h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VSB Event AVI6 Event AVI5 Event AVI4 Event AVI3 Event AVI2 Event AVI1 Event AVI0 Event
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Name
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
7
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
Description
VSB Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
6-0 AVI6-0 Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
9.5.7
Voltage Event to IRQ Register 1 (VEVIRQ1)
This register is one of two registers that controls routing to IRQ.
Location:
Offset 05h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
AVDD Event VBAT Event VDD Event
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
Reset
0
0
Bit
0
0
0
Description
7-3 Reserved.
2
AVDD Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
9.5.8
1
VBAT Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
VDD Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
Voltage ID Register (VID)
This register indicates the configuration of the power supply regulator for the CPU(s).
www.national.com
160
0
0
0
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
Location:
Offset 06h
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
Name
6
CPU VID Select
Reset
0
Bit Type
0
(Continued)
5
4
3
Reserved
0
2
1
0
X
X
VID Value
X
X
X
Description
7-6 R/W CPU Voltage ID Select. This field selects which of the CPUs’ VID pins is read in the Voltage ID Value
field.
Bits
7 6 Voltage ID
00
CPU0 (default)
01
CPU1
Other Reserved
5
4-0
Reserved.
RO Voltage ID Value. Returns the current value of the VID inputs selected by the CPU VID Select field. The
pins used for the VID field are defined by VID0 and VID1 Route Select bits of the SuperI/O Configuration
5 register (See Section 2.9.6).
161
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.5.9
(Continued)
Voltage Conversion Rate Register (VCNVR)
This register indicates time related specification for the VLM.
Location:
Offset 07h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
6
5
Reserved
Reset
0
4
3
2
Channel Delay
0
Bit
0
0
1
0
Conversion Period
0
0
0
0
Description
7-6 Reserved.
5-3 Channel Delay. These bits define the sampling delay. The sampling delay helps guarantee the accuracy
of the sampled value when switching from one channel to another.
Bits
5 4 3 Delay (µsec)
0 0 0 40 (default)
0 0 1 80
0 1 0 160
Others Reserved
2-0 Conversion Period. These bits define the period of time between reconversions of all enabled channels.
VBAT (channel 9) is converted at the first of every 1024 conversion periods.
Bits
2 1 0
0 0 0
0 0 1
0 1 0
0 1 1
1 0 0
1 0 1
Others
www.national.com
Conversion Period
2 seconds (default)
1 second
0.5 seconds
0.1 seconds
0.05 seconds
0.02 seconds
Reserved
162
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
9.5.10 VLM Configuration Register (VLMCFG)
This register selects the channels and sets global configuration (not channel specific) values.
Location:
Offset 08h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
0
0
1
0
External
VREF
Standby
Mode
Enable
1
1
0
Description
7-2 Reserved.
1
External VREF.
This bit selects either the internal or external reference voltage as a reference for the A/D Converter. Note
that if either the VLM or TMS specify the use of an internal VREF, the internal VREF will be used by both
these modules.
0: Internal VREF in use
1: External VREF in use (default)
0
Standby Mode Enable.
0: Monitoring operation enabled
1 Standby mode enabled (default)
9.5.11 VLM Bank Select Register (VLMBS)
This register selects a bank and its associated channels.
Location:
Offset 09h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
Name
Reset
6
5
4
3
Reserved
0
Bit
0
2
1
0
0
0
Bank Select Value
0
0
0
0
Description
7-5 Reserved.
4-0 Bank Select Value. These bits contain the binary value that selects a bank and its associated channels
for configuration and viewing.
4 3 2 1 0 Bank Function
0 0 0 0 0 0
Channel 0 (default)
0 0 0 0 1 1
Channel 1
......
0 1 0 1 0 10
Channel 10
Other
Reserved
163
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
9.5.12 Voltage Channel Configuration and Status Register (VCHCFST)
This register indicates the current channel status.
Location:
Offset 0Ah - Banks 0 through 10
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
Name
End of
Conversion
Reset
0
Bit
7
5
Reserved
0
0
3
2
1
0
ALARM
Output
Enable
Reserved
Channel
High Limit
Exceeded
Channel
Low Limit
Exceeded
Channel
Enable
0
0
0
0
0
Description
RW1C End of Conversion. This bit indicates that the RDCHV register (see next page) holds new data. It is set
when new data is written into RDCHV as a result of completing a conversion for this channel. It is
cleared by writing 1 to this bit.
0: No new data (default)
1: New data not yet read
Reserved.
R/W ALARM Output Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
Reserved.
2
RW1C Channel High Limit Exceeded.
0: Voltage lower than limit (default)
1: Voltage higher than limit
1
RW1C Channel Low Limit Exceeded.
0: Voltage higher than limit (default)
1: Voltage lower than limit
0
4
Type
6-5
4
6
R/W Channel Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
164
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
9.5.13 Read Channel Voltage Register (RDCHV)
This register holds the last voltage readout for each channel. The value is an 8-bit unsigned integer of the voltage measured
by the channel.
Location:
Offset 0Bh - Banks 0 to 10
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
4
Name
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
0
0
0
0
Channel Voltage Value
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
9.5.14 Channel Voltage High Limit Register (CHVH)
This register holds the voltage high limit value that is compared with the voltage reading.
Location:
Offset 0Ch - Banks 0 through 10
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
Channel Voltage High Limit Value
Reset
1
1
1
1
1
9.5.15 Channel Voltage Low Limit Register (CHVL)
This register holds the voltage low limit value that is compared with the voltage reading.
Location:
Offset 0Dh - Banks 0 through 10
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
Reset
4
3
Channel Voltage Low Limit Value
0
0
0
0
165
0
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
9.6
(Continued)
VLM REGISTER BITMAP
9.6.1
VLM Control and Status Registers
Register
Offset Mnemonic
00h
VEVSTS0
01h
VEVSTS1
02h
VEVSMI0
03h
VEVSMI1
04h
VEVIRQ0
Bits
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VSB
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI6
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI5
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI4
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI3
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI2
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI1
ALARM
Event
Status
AVI0
ALARM
Event
Status
AVDD
ALARM
Event
Status
VBAT
ALARM
Event
Status
VDD
ALARM
Event
Status
Reserved
VSB Event AVI6 Event AVI5 Event AVI4 Event AVI3 Event AVI2 Event AVI1 Event AVI0 Event
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
to SMI
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Reserved
VBAT
Event to
SMI
Enable
VDD Event
to SMI
Enable
VSB Event AVI6 Event AVI5 Event AVI4 Event AVI3 Event AVI2 Event AVI1 Event AVI0 Event
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
to IRQ
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
05h
VEVIRQ1
06h
VID
CPU VID Select
07h
VCNVR
Reserved
08h
VLMCFG
09h
VLMBS
9.6.2
AVDD
Event to
SMI
Enable
Reserved
AVDD
Event to
IRQ
Enable
Reserved
VID Value
Channel Delay
VBAT
Event to
IRQ
Enable
VDD Event
to IRQ
Enable
Conversion Period
External
VREF
Reserved
Reserved
Standby
Mode Enable
Bank Select Value
VLM Channel Registers
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
0Ah
End of
(Bank VCHCFST
Conversion
0-10)
0Bh
(Bank
0-10)
RDCHV
www.national.com
6
5
Reserved
4
3
2
1
0
ALARM
Output
Enable
Reserved
Channel
High Limit
Exceeded
Channel
Low Limit
Exceeded
Channel
Enable
Channel Voltage Value
166
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
Register
Bits
0Ch
(Bank
0-10)
CHVH
Channel Voltage High Limit Value
0Dh
(Bank
0-10)
CHVL
Channel Voltage Low Limit Value
0Eh0Fh
9.7
9.7.1
Reserved
USAGE HINTS
Calculating the Channel Delay
The channel delay is the interval between the time a new channel is selected and the time the channel voltage can be measured. The reason for this delay is to allow the voltage to charge all internal capacitors to guarantee accuracy of the measurement. This delay period depends on characteristics of the input (resistance and capacitance) and of the external circuit.
Figure 31 shows the schematic of the input and its equivalent R-C circuit. The sampling time should be long enough to guarantee that the voltage settles on the capacitor CS. The voltage on CS should be stable before the measurement starts. The
RAIN and CAIN values represent the input path serial resistance and parallel capacitance. RAIN is the serial resistance of the
multiplexer, Sample & Hold switch and other parasitic resistors. CAIN is the parallel capacitance of the input pin, pad, leadframe, CS, etc. The required sampling time is determined by RAIN and CAIN together with the input source resistance
RSOURCE and parasitic capacitance CP. Table 50 can be used as a reference for calculating the sample time. Channel Delay
of the VCNVR register should be programmed accordingly.
RSOURCE
VIN
Input
Signal
CP is the parasitic capacitor including the external
elements (PCB capacitance etc.).
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
Analog
MUX
RAIN is the equivalent serial resistance of all serial
elements inside the chip (pin, bonding, MUX, Sample &
Hold switch, layout).
CS is the sampling capacitor.
Cs
CAIN is the equivalent parallel capacitance of the chip
parasitic capacitances and the CS capacitor.
RSOURCE
VIN
RAIN
CP
CAIN
Figure 31. Analog Input Schematic Diagram and Equivalent R-C Circuit
Table 50. Delay Setting Example
External
Elements
Delay Time
(ns)
RSOURCE
[KΩ]
CP
[pF]
5
0.1
15
1
110
10
900
30
3200
167
www.national.com
9.0 Voltage Level Monitor (VLM)
(Continued)
Table 50. Delay Setting Example
External
Elements
RSOURCE
[KΩ]
CP
[pF]
27.5
0.1
25
1
210
10
2220
30
7900
0.1
45
1
430
10
3350
30
11400
50
9.7.2
Delay Time
(ns)
Measuring Out of Range Positive and Negative Voltages
Only voltages within the range of 0V to (2.45±0.05)*VREF can be measured by the module. To measure voltages out of this
range, any of the external measurement pins can be used with the addition of external resistors that should be used as voltage dividers. (See Figure 32.)
VIN (12V)
AVDD
R1
R1
AVI
AVI
R2
R2
AVSS
VIN (-12V)
AVSS
Figure 32. Measurement Out of Positive and Negative Voltages
9.7.3
Obtaining the Specified VLM/TMS Accuracy
To obtain the specified VLM/TMS accuracy, see Section 10.5.5 on page 183:
www.national.com
168
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
10.1 OVERVIEW
The Temperature Sensor (TMS) is a diode input temperature sensor that consists of a Delta-Sigma Analog to Digital (A/D)
converter and a digital overtemperature detector. Both of these elements conform to Advance Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) requirements for thermal management.
The TMS senses the temperature of two target ICs by measuring the voltage drop of diode(s) placed on the target IC’s die.
A host can query the TMS at any time to read the temperature of the remote diode(s). An ALERT interrupt output becomes
active when the temperature goes above THIGH or below TLOW. The host may program the two thresholds for each sensing
channel to define an operation window. Overtemperature Shutdown (OTS) output becomes active when the temperature
exceeds the programmable limit TOS.
10.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The TMS incorporates a band-gap temperature sensor using remote diode(s) and an 8-bit Delta-Sigma Analog-to-Digital
Converter (A/D converter). Once enabled and put in active (non-standby mode), the TMS continuously measures temperature of up to two remote diodes. TMS readings are available at all times via the host interface. When SLPS3 input becomes
inactive, the conversion is stopped and no new results are generated until both SLPS3 becomes active and the internal wake
up sequence is completed. TMS registers are maintained by VSB during this period.
A digital comparator is also incorporated to compare temperature readings to user-programmable limits. OTS output indicates that the result of the comparison exceeds the limit preset in the Channel Overtemperature Limit register. ALERT output
indicates that the result of the comparison is not within limits preset in the Channel Temperature High or Low Limit (CHTH
and CHTL) registers.
Figure 33 shows a simplified block diagram of the TMS. It represents only one remote diode (even though there are actually
two remote diodes and one or two OTS signals, one for each diode sensor or combined).
TMS Module
VDD
VSS
VSB
8-Bit
Temperature
∆−Σ
Sensor
Circuitry
Overtemp
High
DPi
DNi
ALERT
A/D Converter
Low
Diode
Enable
and
Config
Logic
OTS
IRQ
SMI
Selector
Control Conversion Temperature
Rate
Logic
Readout
Figure 33.
Overtemp.
Shutdown
Setpoint
High and
Low Limit
Setpoints
Enable
Bits
TMS Simplified Block Diagram
169
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.2.1 Register Bank Overview
Two register banks control TMS operation. The first part of each bank is a set of registers common to all banks. The second
part of each bank contains registers which are specific to that bank. All registers use the same 16-byte address space to
indicate offsets 00h through 0Fh. The software selects the currently active bank using the Bank Select register (TMSBS) —
see Figure 34. Bank 0 is selected after reset.
Offset 00h
.
.
.
Offset 08h
}
Common
Registers
for
All Banks
TMSBS (09h)
Offset 0Ah
.
.
.
Offset 0Eh
BANK 1
BANK 0
Figure 34. Register Bank Architecture
10.2.2 TOS, THIGH and TLOW Limits, OTS and ALERT Output, IRQ and SMI
The temperature reading is compared to three limits: TOS, THIGH and TLOW. If the temperature reading is outside any of
these limits, the respective status bit (Channel Overtemperature Limit Exceeded, Channel Temp High Limit Exceeded or
Channel Temp Low Limit Exceeded) in the TCHCFST register is set. The status bit stays active until it is cleared by the software. An ALERT status bit in the TEVSTS register is set when the Channel Temp High Limit Exceeded or Channel Temp
Low Limit Exceeded bit for the respective channel is set. The channel’s Overtemperature Event status in the TEVSTS register is set when the Channel Overtemperature Limit Exceeded bit is set.
The OTS output is used to indicate to the system that the overtemperature limit has been exceeded. The OTS Output Enable
bit in the TCHCFST register enables the OTS output to be active when the OTS status of the channel is active. In addition
to the combined OTS output, there is a separate output for the remote 1 (OTS1) and remote 2 (OTS2) channels.
The ALERT output is used to indicate to the system that the current temperature is outside the high/low limits. The ALERT
output Enable bit in the TCHCFST register enables the ALERT output to be active when the Channel Temp High Limit Exceeded or the Channel Temp Low Limit Exceeded status bit in TCHCFST register is set.
The SMI output generates an interrupt if any enabled SMI event occurs. Each bit in the TEVSTS register has a corresponding SMI Enable bit in the TEVSMI register. When any status bit and its corresponding SMI Enable bit are set, the SMI output
is active.
The IRQ output generates an interrupt if any enabled IRQ event occurs. Each bit in the TEVSTS register has a corresponding IRQ Enable bit in the TEVIRQ register. When any status bit and its corresponding IRQ Enable bit are set, the IRQ output
is active.
www.national.com
170
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
THIGH
TOS1
TLOW
TOS2
ALERT
OTS
Indicates when temperature is sampled by the A/D Converter.
Indicates when temperature is sampled by the A/D Converter.
b: OTS Signal
a: ALERT Signal
TOS1
THIGH1
TLOW1
TOS2
THIGH2
TLOW2
ALERT
OTS
Indicates when temperature is sampled by the A/D Converter.
c: Combined ALERT and OTS Signals
Figure 35. OTS and ALERT Temperature Response Diagrams
10.2.3 ALERT Response Read Sequence
The Read Channel Temperature register (RDCHT) holds the temperature value most recently read from the channel. The
Temperature Event Status register (TEVSTS) indicates any ALERT detected as long as VSB is maintained. ALERTs are
cleared by software.
When an IRQ or SMI is received, check the TEVSTS register to see which of the sensors detected an out-of-limit readout,
access the channel readouts, read the current value and status information and clear any pending status bits.
10.2.4 Power-On Reset Default States
TMS always powers up in a known state. TMS power-up default conditions are:
1. Local temperature set to 0°C.
2. Remote temperature set to 0°C until the TMS senses a diode present on D+ and D- input pins.
3. Status register set to 00h.
4. Command register set to 00h; ALERT and OTS enabled and Standby mode deactivated.
5. Local and Remote TOS set to 127°C.
6. Local and Remote THIGH set to 127°C.
7. Local and Remote TLOW set to -55°C.
171
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.2.5 Temperature Data Format
Temperature data is stored in the RDCHT, CHTH, CHTL and CHOTL registers as an 8-bit, 2’s complement word with a Least
Significant Bit (LSB) equal to 1° C.
Table 51. Temperature Formats
Digital Output
Temperature
(°C)
Binary
Hex
+125
0111 1101
7Dh
+25
0001 1001
19h
+1
0000 0001
01h
0
0000 0000
00h
-1
1111 1111
FFh
-25
1110 0111
E7h
Output Code
0111,1101
+25°C
+1°C
0001,1001
0000,0001
0000,0000
Temperature
0°C
-55°C
1111,1111
-1°C
-25°C
+125°C
1110,0111
1100,1001
Figure 36. Temperature-to-Digital Transfer Function (Non-linear scale for clarity)
10.2.6 Standby Mode
Standby mode is enabled by setting the Standby Mode bit in the TMSCFG register to 1 (default). Standby mode disables
the conversion process to reduce power supply current. During standby mode, all registers retain their values and can be
accessed by software (as usual).
10.2.7 Diode Fault Detection
At the beginning of each conversion, the TMS goes through a diode fault detection sequence. If the DxP input is shorted to VDD
or floating, the temperature reading will be +127° C and the Open bit of the TCHCFST register is set, which activates the
ALERT and OTS outputs on completion of a conversion. If DxP is shorted to GND or DxN, the temperature reading is O° C
and the Temperature Low Limit bit of the TCHCFST register is not set.
www.national.com
172
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3 TMS REGISTERS
The TMS registers are divided into two groups: TMS Control and Status registers and TMS channel registers. The TMS
channel registers are duplicated for each channel.
The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:
• R/W = Read/Write.
• R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
• W = Write.
• RO = Read Only.
• R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
10.3.1 TMS Register Map
Table 52. TMS Control and Status Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
TEVSTS
01h
Reserved
02h
TEVSMI
03h
Reserved
04h
TEVIRQ
Register Name
Type
Section
Temperature Event Status
RO
10.3.2
Temperature Event to SMI
R/W
10.3.3
Temperature Event to IRQ
R/W
10.3.4
05hReserved
07h
08h
TMSCFG
TMS Configuration
R/W
10.3.5
09h
TMSBS
TMS Bank Select
R/W
10.3.6
Table 53. TMS Channel Register Map (One per Channel)
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
Section
0Ah TCHCFST
Temperature Channel Configuration and Status
Varies per bit
10.3.7
0Bh RDCHT
Read Channel Temperature
RO
10.3.8
0Ch CHTH
Channel Temperature High Limit
R/W
10.3.9
0Dh CHTL
Channel Temperature Low Limit
R/W
10.3.10
0Eh CHOTL
Channel Overtemperature Limit
R/W
10.3.11
0Fh Reserved
173
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3.2 Temperature Event Status Register (TEVSTS)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of AVDD. It indicates which of the corresponding three TMS events has occurred.
Location:
Offset 00h
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
3
2
1
0
Remote 2
Overtemp
Event
Status
Remote 2
ALERT
Event
Status
Remote 1
Overtemp
Event
Status
Remote 1
ALERT
Event
Status
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7-4 Reserved.
3
Remote 2 Overtemperature Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
2
Remote 2 ALERT Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
1
Remote 1 Overtemperature Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
0
Remote 1 ALERT Event Status.
0: Event not detected (default)
1: Event detected
www.national.com
174
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3.3 Temperature Event to SMI Register (TEVSMI)
This register controls temperature event routing to the SMI.
Location:
Offset 02h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
0
0
2
1
0
Remote 2 Remote 2 Remote 1 Remote 1
Overtemp
ALERT
ALERT
Overtemp
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable SMI Enable
Reserved
Reset
3
0
Bit
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7-4 Reserved.
3
Remote 2 Overtemperature Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
Remote 2 ALERT Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
Remote 1 Overtemperature Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
Remote 1 ALERT Event to SMI Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
175
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3.4 Temperature Event to IRQ Register (TEVIRQ)
This register controls temperature event routing to the IRQ.
Location:
Offset 04h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
0
0
0
Bit
0
Description
7-4 Reserved.
3
Remote 2 Overtemperature Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
2
Remote 2 ALERT Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
1
Remote 1 Overtemperature Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
0
Remote 1 ALERT Event to IRQ Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
2
1
0
Remote 2 Remote 2 Remote 1 Remote 1
Overtemp
ALERT
ALERT
Overtemp
Event to
Event to
Event to
Event to
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable
Reserved
Reset
3
176
0
0
0
0
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3.5 TMS Configuration Register (TMSCFG)
This register selects channels and sets global configuration (not channel-specific) values.
Location:
Offset 08h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
Reserved
Reset
0
0
0
Bit
0
0
0
1
0
External
VREF
Standby
Mode
1
1
Description
7-2 Reserved.
1
External VREF.
This bit selects either internal or external reference voltage for conversion. Note that if either the VLM or TMS
are configured to use the internal VREF, the internal VREF will be used by both.
0: Internal VREF in use
1: External VREF in use (default)
0
Standby Mode.
0: Monitoring operation enabled
1: Standby mode (default)
10.3.6 TMS Bank Select Register (TMSBS)
This register selects banks and sets global configuration (not bank specific) values.
Location:
Offset 09h
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
Reset
5
4
3
Reserved
0
0
2
1
0
Bank Select
0
Bit
0
0
0
0
0
Description
7-4 Reserved.
3-0 Bank Select.
Bits
3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
Other
These bits select the bank for configuration and viewing.
Bank
Function
0
Remote diode 1
1
Remote diode 2
Reserved
177
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3.7 Temperature Channel Configuration and Status Register (TCHCFST)
This register is set to 00h on power-up of AVDD. Bits 3-1 indicate which of three temperature limits has been exceeded. Write
1 to clear any of these bits. Writing 0 has no effect.
Location:
Offset 0Ah
Type:
Varies per bit
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
Name
End of
Conversion
Open
OTS Output
Enable
ALERT
Output
Enable
Channel
Overtemp
Limit
Exceeded
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
Type
2
1
Channel
Channel
Temp High Temp Low
Limit
Limit
Exceeded Exceeded
0
0
0
Channel
Enable
0
Description
7
R/W1C End of Conversion. This bit reflects the data in the RDCHT register (see next page). It is cleared by
writing 1 to this bit. It is set when new data is written to the RDCHT register.
0: No new data (default)
1: New data not yet read
6
R/W1C Open.
0: No fault (default)
1: Remote diode continuity (open circuit) fault
5
R/W OTS Output Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
4
R/W ALERT Output Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
3
R/W1C Channel Overtemperature Limit Exceeded.
0: Overtemperature lower than limit (default)
1: Overtemperature higher than limit
2
R/W1C Channel Temperature High Limit Exceeded.
0: Temperature lower than limit (default)
1: Temperature higher than limit
1
R/W1C Channel Temperature Low Limit Exceeded. This bit is set whenever a value lower than the value
specified in CHTL is written into RDCHT. It is cleared by writing 1 to it.
0: Temperature higher than limit (default)
1: Temperature lower than limit
0
R/W Channel Enable.
0: Disabled (default)
1: Enabled
www.national.com
178
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.3.8 Read Channel Temperature Register (RDCHT)
This register holds the last temperature readout for each channel. The value is an 8-bit, 2’s complement word with a Least
Significant Bit (LSB) equal to 1° C of the temperature measured by the channel.
Location:
Offset 0Bh
Type:
RO
Bit
7
6
5
Name
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
Channel Temperature Value
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
10.3.9 Channel Temperature High Limit Register (CHTH)
This register holds the temperature high limit value that is compared with the temperature reading.
Location:
Offset 0Ch
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
2
Channel Temperature High Limit Value
Reset
0
1
1
1
1
1
10.3.10 Channel Temperature Low Limit Register (CHTL)
This register holds the temperature low limit value that is compared with the temperature reading.
Location:
Offset 0Dh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
5
4
3
2
Channel Temperature Low Limit Value
Reset
1
1
0
0
1
0
10.3.11 Channel Overtemperature Limit Register (CHOTL)
This register holds the overtemperature limit value that is compared with the temperature reading.
Location:
Offset 0Eh
Type:
R/W
Bit
7
6
Name
Reset
5
4
3
2
Channel Overtemperature Limit Value
0
1
1
1
179
1
1
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.4 TMS REGISTER BITMAP
10.4.1 TMS Control and Status Registers
Register
Offset Mnemonic
00h
Bits
7
6
TEVSTS
5
4
Reserved
01h
02h
2
1
0
Remote 2
Overtemp
Event
Status
Remote 2
ALERT
Event
Status
Remote 1
Overtemp
Event
Status
Remote 1
ALERT
Event
Status
Remote 2
Overtemp
Event to
SMI
Enable
Remote 2
ALERT
Event to
SMI
Enable
Remote 1
Overtemp
Event to
SMI
Enable
Remote 1
ALERT
Event to
SMI
Enable
Remote 2
Overtemp
Event to
IRQ
Enable
Remote 2
ALERT
Event to
IRQ
Enable
Remote 1
Overtemp
Event to
IRQ
Enable
Remote 1
ALERT
Event to
IRQ
Enable
External
VREF
Standby
Mode
Reserved
TEVSMI
Reserved
03h
04h
3
Reserved
TEVIRQ
Reserved
05h07h
Reserved
08h
TMSCFG
09h
TMSBS
Reserved
Reserved
Bank Select
10.4.2 TMS Channel Registers
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
0Ah
TCHCFST
Bits
7
End of
Conversion
6
5
4
Open
OTS
Output
Enable
ALERT
Output
Enable
3
2
Channel
Channel
Channel
Overtemp Temp High Temp Low
Limit
Limit
Limit
Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded
0Bh
RDCHT
0Ch
CHTH
Channel Temperature High Limit Value
0Dh
CHTL
Channel Temperature Low Limit Value
0Eh
CHOTL
Channel Overtemperature Limit Value
0Fh
www.national.com
Channel Temperature Value
Reserved
180
1
0
Channel
Enable
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.5 USAGE HINTS
10.5.1 Remote Diode Selection
Temperature accuracy depends on a good quality transistor, used as a diode-connected small-signal transistor. Accuracy
has been experimentally verified for the Motorola and other devices listed in Table 54. A temperature sensor can directly
measure the die temperature of CPUs with on-board temperature-sensing diodes.
The transistor must be a small-signal type with a relatively high forward voltage; otherwise, the A/D input voltage range may
be violated. The forward voltage must be greater than 0.25V at 10µA at the highest expected temperature. The forward voltage must be less than 0.95V at 100µA at the lowest expected temperature. Power transistors do not work. In addition, the
base resistance must be less than 100Ω. Tight specifications for forward-current gain (+50 to +150, for example) indicate
devices with consistent VBE characteristics.
Thermal mass can seriously degrade the temperature sensor’s effective accuracy. The use of smaller packages for remote
sensors, such as SOT23s, improves the situation.
Table 54. Remote Sensor Transistor Manufacturers
Manufacturer
Model
Central Semiconductor (USA)
CMPT3904
Motorola (USA)
MMBT3904
National Semiconductor (USA)
MMBT3904
Rohm Semiconductor (Japan)
SST3904
Samsung (Korea)
KST3904-TF
Siemens (Germany)
SMBT3904
Zetex (England)
FMMT3904CT-ND
10.5.2 ADC Noise Filtering
The ADC is an integrating type with inherently good noise rejection, especially of low-frequency signals such as power supply hum. Micropower operation places constraints on high-frequency noise rejection; therefore, careful PC board layout and
proper external noise filtering are required for high-accuracy remote measurements in electrically noisy environments.
High-frequency EMI is best filtered at DXP and DXN with an external 2200 pF capacitor. This value can be increased to
about 3300pF (max), including cable capacitance. Capacitance higher than 3300 pF introduces errors due to the rise time
of the switched current source.
Nearly all noise sources tested cause the ADC measurements to be higher than the actual temperature, depending on the
frequency and amplitude.
10.5.3 PC Board Layout
1. Place the temperature sensor as close as practical to the remote diode. In a noisy environment, such as a computer
motherboard, this distance can be 4 in. to 8 in. (typical) or more as long as the worst noise sources (such as CRTs, clock
generators, memory buses and ISA/PCI buses) are avoided.
2. Do not route the DXP DXN lines next to high-inductance signals. Also, do not route the traces across a fast memory bus,
which can easily introduce +30˚C error, even with good filtering. Otherwise, most noise sources are fairly benign.
3. Route the DXP and DXN traces in parallel and in close proximity to each other and away from any high-voltage traces
such as +12VDC. Beware of leakage currents from PC board contamination; e.g., a 20M leakage path from DXP to
ground causes about +1˚C error.
4. Connect guard traces to GND on either side of the DXP DXN traces (Figure 37). With guard traces in place, routing near
high-voltage traces is not a problem.
5. Route through as few vias and crossunders as possible to minimize copper/solder thermocouple effects.
6. When introducing a thermocouple, make sure that both the DXP and the DXN paths have matching thermocouples. In
general, PC board-induced thermocouples are not a serious problem. A copper-solder thermocouple exhibits 3V/˚C, and
it takes about 200V of voltage error at DXP DXN to cause a +1˚C measurement error. So, most parasitic thermocouple
errors are swamped out.
7. Use wide traces. Narrow ones are more inductive and tend to pick up radiated noise. The 10 mil widths and spacings
recommended in Figure 37 are not absolutely necessary (as they offer only a minor improvement in leakage and noise),
but try to use them where practical.
181
www.national.com
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
•
(Continued)
Keep in mind that copper cannot be used as an EMI shield, and only ferrous materials such as steel work well. Placing
a copper ground plane between the DXP-DXN traces and traces carrying high-frequency noise signals does not help
reduce EMI.
GND
10 mil
10 mil
DXP
Minimum
10 mil
DXN
10 mil
GND
Figure 37. DXP/DXN PC Traces
DXP
DXN
2N3904
2200 pF
Figure 38. Typical Operating Circuit
www.national.com
182
10.0 Temperature Sensor (TMS)
(Continued)
10.5.4 Twisted Pair and Shielded Cables
For remote sensor distances longer than 8 in. or in particularly noisy environments, a twisted pair is recommended. Its practical length is 6 feet to 12 feet (typical) before noise becomes a problem, as tested in a noisy electronics laboratory. For
longer distances, the best solution is a shielded twisted pair like that used for audio microphones. Connect the twisted pair
to DXP and DXN and the shield to GND and leave the shield’s remote end unterminated.
Excess capacitance at DX_ limits practical remote sensor distances. For very long cable runs, the cable’s parasitic capacitance often provides noise filtering, so the 2200 pF capacitor can often be removed or reduced in value.
Cable resistance also affects remote sensor accuracy: 1Ω series resistance introduces about +1/2˚C error.
10.5.5 Obtaining the Specified VLM/TMS Accuracy
To obtain the specified VLM/TMS accuracy, use the following sequence on VSB power-up:
1. Set the TMS Logical Device base address.
2. Enable the TMS Logical Device.
3. Write 00h to index 08h of the TMS Logical Device.
4. Write 0Fh to index 09h of the TMS Logical Device.
5. Write 08h to index 0Ah of the TMS Logical Device.
6. Write 04h to index 0Bh of the TMS Logical Device.
7. Write 35h to index 0Ch of the TMS Logical Device.
8. Write 05h to index 0Dh of the TMS Logical Device.
9. Write 05h to index 0Eh of the TMS Logical Device.
183
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
This chapter briefly describes the following blocks that provide legacy device functions:
●
Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC).
●
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC).
●
Parallel Port.
●
Serial Port 1 (SP1), UART Functionality for both Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2.
●
Serial Port 2 (SP2), Infrared Functionality.
The description of each Legacy block includes the sections listed below. For more information about legacy blocks, contact
your National representative.
●
General Description.
●
Register Map table(s).
●
Bitmap table(s).
The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:
●
R/W = Read/Write.
●
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different
register.
●
W = Write.
●
RO = Read Only.
●
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.
11.1 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC)
11.1.1 General Description
The KBC is implemented physically as a single hardware module and houses two separate logical devices: a Mouse controller and a Keyboard controller.
The KBC is functionally equivalent to the industry standard 8042A Keyboard controller, which may serve as a detailed technical reference for the KBC.
11.1.2 KBC Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
DBBOUT Read KBC Data
00h
DBBIN
R
Write KBC Data
W
STATUS Read Status
04h
DBBIN
R
Write KBC Command
W
11.1.3 KBC Bitmap Summary
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
6
5
4
3
DBBOUT
KBC Data Bits (For Read cycles)
DBBIN
KBC Data Bits (For Write cycles)
2
1
0
F0
IBF
OBF
00h
STATUS
General Purpose Flags
F1
04h
DBBIN
www.national.com
KBC Command Bits (For Write cycles)
184
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.2 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC)
11.2.1 General Description
The generic FDC is a standard FDC with a digital data separator and is DP8473 and N82077 software compatible.
The FDC is implemented in this device as follows:
●
FM and MFM modes are supported. To select either mode, set bit 6 of the first command byte when writing to/reading from a diskette, where:
0 = FM mode
1 = MFM mode
●
Automatic media sense is not supported (MSEN0-1 pins are not implemented).
●
DRATE1 is not supported.
●
A logic 1 is returned for all floating (TRI-STATE) FDC register bits upon LPC I/O read cycles.
11.2.2 FDC Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
SRA
Status A
RO
01h
SRB
Status B
RO
02h
DOR
Digital Output
R/W
03h
TDR
Tape Drive
R/W
MSR
Main Status
R
04h
05h
Register Name
DSR
Data Rate Select
FIFO
Data (FIFO)
DIR
Digital Input
R
CCR
Configuration Control
W
06h
07h
Type
W
R/W
Reserved
185
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.2.3 FDC Bitmap Summary
The FDC supports two system operation modes: PC-AT mode and PS/2 mode (MicroChannel systems). Unless specifically
indicated otherwise, all fields in all registers are valid in both drive modes.
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h
SRA1
IRQ
Pending
Reserved
Step
TRK0
Head Select
INDEX
WP
Head
Direction
01h
SRB1
Drive
Select 0
Status
WDATA
RDATA
WGATE
MTR1
MTR0
02h
DOR
Motor
Enable 1
Motor
Enable 0
DMAEN
Reset
Controller
Reserved
Motor
Enable 3
Motor
Enable 2
TDR
03h
TDR2
Reserved
Reserved
MSR
RQM
DSR
Software
Reset
Data I/O
Direction
04h
05h
Tape Drive Select 1,0
Logical Drive
Exchange
Drive ID Information
Non-DMA
Execution
Low Power Reserved
Command
in
Progress
Drive 3
Busy
Drive 2
Busy
Precompensation Delay Select
FIFO
Drive Select
Tape Drive Select 1,0
Drive 1
Busy
Data Transfer Rate
Select
Data Bits
DIR3
DSKCHG
DIR1
DSKCHG
Reserved
07h
07h
1.
2.
3.
CCR
Reserved
Reserved
Applicable only in PS/2 Mode.
Applicable only in Enhanced TDR Mode.
Applicable only in PC-AT Compatible Mode.
www.national.com
Drive 0
Busy
186
DRATE 1,0 Status
High
Density
DRATE1,0
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.3 PARALLEL PORT
11.3.1 General Description
The Parallel Port supports all IEEE1284 standard communication modes: Compatibility (known also as Standard or SPP),
Bidirectional (known also as PS/2), FIFO, EPP (known also as Mode 4) and ECP (with an optional Extended ECP mode).
11.3.2 Parallel Port Register Map
The Parallel Port functional block register maps are grouped according to first and second level offsets. EPP and second
level offset registers are available only when base address is 8-byte aligned.
Table 55. Parallel Port Register Map for First Level Offset
First Level
Offset
Mnemonic
000h
DATAR
000h
AFIFO
001h
DSR
Modes (ECR Bits)
765
Type
PP Data
000
001
R/W
ECP Address FIFO
011
W
Status
All Modes
RO
Control
Register Name
002h
DCR
All Modes
R/W
003h
ADDR
EPP Address
100
R/W
004h
DATA0
EPP Data Port 0
100
R/W
005h
DATA1
EPP Data Port 1
100
R/W
006h
DATA2
EPP Data Port 2
100
R/W
007h
DATA3
EPP Data Port 3
100
R/W
400h
CFIFO
PP Data FIFO
010
W
400h
DFIFO
ECP Data FIFO
011
R/W
400h
TFIFO
Test FIFO
110
R/W
400h
CNFGA
Configuration A
111
RO
401h
CNFGB
Configuration B
111
RO
402h
ECR
Extended Control
All Modes
R/W
403h
EIR
Extended Index
All Modes
R/W
404h
EDR
Extended Data
All Modes
R/W
405h
EAR
Extended Auxiliary Status
All Modes
R/W
Table 56. Parallel Port Register Map for Second Level Offset
Second Level
Offset
Register Name
Type
00h
Control0
R/W
02h
Control2
R/W
04h
Control4
R/W
05h
PP Confg0
R/W
187
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.3.3 Parallel Port Bitmap Summary
The Parallel Port functional block bitmaps are grouped according to first and second level offsets.
Table 57. Parallel Port Bitmap Summary for First Level Offset
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
6
5
4
3
DATAR
Data Bits
AFIFO
Address Bits
2
1
0
000h
Printer
Status
ACK
Status
PE Status
SLCT
Status
ERR
Status
Reserved
EPP Timeout Status
Direction
Control
Interrupt
Enable
PP Input
Control
Printer
Automatic
Initialization Line Feed
Control
Control
Data
Strobe
Control
001h
DSR
002h
DCR
003h
ADDR
EPP Device or Register Selection Address Bits
004h
DATA0
EPP Device or R/W Data
005h
DATA1
EPP Device or R/W Data
006h
DATA2
EPP Device or R/W Data
007h
DATA3
EPP Device or R/W Data
400h
CFIFO
Data Bits
400h
DFIFO
Data Bits
400h
TFIFO
Data Bits
400h
CNFGA
401h
CNFGB
402h
ECR
403h
EIR
404h
EDR
405h
EAR
www.national.com
Reserved
Bit 7 of PP
Confg0
Reserved
Reserved
Interrupt
Request
Value
Interrupt Select
Reserved
DMA Channel Select
ECP Mode Control
ECP
Interrupt
Mask
ECP
Interrupt
Service
FIFO Full
Reserved
ECP DMA
Enable
Reserved
FIFO
Empty
Second Level Offset
Data Bits
FIFO Tag
Reserved
188
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
Table 58. Parallel Port Bitmap Summary for Second Level Offset
Register
Second
Level Mnemonic
Offset
Bits
7
6
Reserved
5
4
DCR
Register
Live
Freeze Bit
Reserved
Revision
1.7 or 1.9
Select
00h
Control0
02h
Control2
SPP Compatibility
Channel
Address
Enable
04h
Control4
Reserved
PP DMA Request Inactive Time
05h
PP
Confg0
Bit 3 of
CNFGA
Demand
DMA
Enable
3
1
0
EPP Timeout
Interrupt
Mask
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
ECP IRQ Channel Number
189
2
PP DMA Request Active Time
PE
Internal
Pull-up or
Pull-down
ECP DMA Channel
Number
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.4 UART FUNCTIONALITY (SP1 AND SP2)
11.4.1 General Description
Both SP1 and SP2 provide UART functionality. The generic SP1 and SP2 support serial data communication with remote
peripheral device or modem using a wired interface. The functional blocks can function as a standard 16450 or 16550 or as
an Extended UART.
11.4.2 UART Mode Register Bank Overview
Four register banks, each containing eight registers, control UART operation. All registers use the same 8-byte address
space to indicate offsets 00h through 07h. The BSR register selects the active bank and is common to all banks. See Figure
39.
BANK 3
BANK 2
BANK 1
BANK 0
Offset 07h
Common
Register
Throughout
All Banks
Offset 06h
Offset 05h
Offset 04h
LCR/BSR
Offset 02h
Offset 01h
Offset 00h
16550 Banks
Figure 39. UART Mode Register Bank Architecture
www.national.com
190
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.4.3 SP1 and SP2 Register Maps for UART Functionality
Table 59. Bank 0 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
RXD
00h
TXD
Transmitter Data Port
01h
IER
Interrupt Enable
R/W
02h
03h
Register Name
Type
Receiver Data Port
RO
W
EIR
Event Identification (Read Cycles)
RO
FCR
FIFO Control (Write Cycles)
W
LCR1
Line Control
BSR1
Bank Select
R/W
04h
MCR
Modem/Mode Control
R/W
05h
LSR
Link Status
RO
MSR
Modem Status
06h
07h
1.
RO
SPR/ASCR Scratchpad/Auxiliary Status and Control
R/W
When bit 7 of this Register is set to 1, bits 6-0 of BSR select the bank, as
shown in Table 60.
Table 60. Bank Selection Encoding
BSR Bits
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bank
Selected
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
1
1
x
x
x
x
1
x
1
1
1
x
x
x
x
x
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
3
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
4
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
5
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
6
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
7
7
Functionality
UART + IR
(SP1 + SP2)
IR Only
(SP2)
Table 61. Bank 1 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
Type
00h
LBGD(L)
Legacy Baud Generator Divisor Port (Low Byte)
R/W
01h
LBGD(H)
Legacy Baud Generator Divisor Port (High Byte)
R/W
02h
03h
04h - 07h
Reserved
LCR/BSR
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
Reserved
191
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
Table 62. Bank 2 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
00h
BGD(L)
01h
BGD(H)
Baud Generator Divisor Port (High Byte)
R/W
02h
EXCR1
Extended Control1
R/W
03h
LCR/BSR
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
04h
EXCR2
Extended Control 2
R/W
Baud Generator Divisor Port (Low Byte)
05h
Type
R/W
Reserved
06h
TXFLV
TX_FIFO Level
R/W
07h
RXFLV
RX_FIFO Level
R/W
Table 63. Bank 3 Register Map
Offset
00h
MRID
01h
SH_LCR
Register Name
Type
Module Revision ID
RO
Shadow of LCR (Read Only)
RO
02h
SH_FCR
Shadow of FIFO Control (Read Only)
RO
03h
LCR/BSR
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
04h-07h
www.national.com
Mnemonic
Reserved
192
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.4.4 SP1 and SP2 Bitmap Summary for UART Functionality
Table 64. Bank 0 Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
6
5
4
3
RXD
Receiver Data Bits
TXD
Transmitter Data Bits
2
1
0
00h
IER1
Reserved
01h
IER2
EIR1
02h
EIR2
Reserved
FEN1
TXEMP_IE
FEN0
Reserved
Reserved3/
DMA_IE4
Reserved
MS_IE
LS_IE
TXLDL_IE RXHDL_IE
MS_IE
LS_IE
TXLDL_IE RXHDL_IE
RXFT
IPR1
TXEMP_EV
Reserved3/
DMA_EV4
MS_EV
IPR0
IPF
LS_EV or
TXLDL_EV RXHDL_EV
TXHLT_EV
FCR
RXFTH1
RXFTH0
TXFTH1
TXFTH0
Reserved
TXSR
RXSR
FIFO_EN
LCR5
BKSE
SBRK
STKP
EPS
PEN
STB
WLS1
WLS0
BSR5
BKSE
ISEN or
DCDLP
RILP
RTS
DTR
TX_DFR
Reserved
RTS
DTR
03h
MCR1
Bank Select
Reserved
LOOP
04h
MCR2
Reserved
05h
LSR
ER_INF
TXEMP
TXRDY
BRK
FE
PE
OE
RXDA
06h
MSR
DCD
RI
DSR
CTS
DDCD
TERI
DDSR
DCTS
SPR1
Scratch Data
07h
ASCR2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reserved
TXUR4
RXACT 4
RXWDG4
Reserved
S_OET4
Reserved RXF_TOUT
Non-Extended Mode.
Extended Mode.
In SP1 only.
In SP2 only.
When bit 7 of this register is set to 1, bits 6-0 of BSR select the bank, as shown in Table 60.
193
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
Table 65. Bank 1 Bitmap
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
6
5
00h
LBGD(L)
Legacy Baud Generator Divisor (Least Significant Bits)
01h
LBGD(H)
Legacy Baud Generator Divisor (Most Significant Bits)
02h
03h
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
Reserved
LCR/BSR
Same as Bank 0
04h07h
Reserved
Table 66. Bank 2 Bitmap
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
00h
BGD(L)
Baud Generator Divisor Low (Least Significant Bits)
01h
BGD(H)
Baud Generator Divisor High (Most Significant Bits)
02h
EXCR1
03h
LCR/BSR
04h
EXCR2
05h
Reserved
BTEST
6
Reserved
5
ETDLBK
4
3
LOOP
2
Reserved
EXT_SL
Same as Bank 0
LOCK
Reserved
PRESL1
PRESL0
Reserved
06h
TXFLV
Reserved
TFL4
TFL3
TFL2
TFL1
TFL0
07h
RXFLV
Reserved
RFL4
RFL3
RFL2
RFL1
RFL0
3
2
1
0
Table 67. Bank 3 Bitmap
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
MRID
01h
SH_LCR
BKSE
SBRK
STKP
EPS
PEN
STB
WLS1
WLS0
02h
SH_FCR
RXFTH1
RXFTH0
TXFHT1
TXFTH0
Reserved
TXSR
RXSR
FIFO_EN
03h
LCR/BSR
04h07h
www.national.com
7
6
5
4
Module ID (MID 7-4)
Revision ID(RID 3-0)
Same as Bank 0
Reserved
194
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.5 IR FUNCTIONALITY (SP2)
11.5.1 General Description
This section describes the IR support registers of Serial Port 2 (SP2). The UART support registers for both SP1 and SP2
are described in Section 11.4.
The IR functional block provides advanced, versatile serial communications features with IR capabilities.
SP2 supports also two DMA channels; the functional block can use either one or both of them. One channel is required for
IR-based applications because IR communication works in half duplex fashion. Two channels would normally be needed to
handle high-speed full-duplex UART based applications.
11.5.2 IR Mode Register Bank Overview
Eight register banks, each containing eight registers, control SP2 operation. Banks 0-3 are used to control both UART and
IR modes of operation; banks 4-7 are used to control and configure the IR modes of operation only. All registers use the
same 8-byte address space to indicate offsets 00h through 07h. The BSR register selects the active bank and is common
to all banks. See Figure 40.
BANK 7
BANK 6
BANK 5
BANK 4
BANK 3
BANK 2
BANK 1
Common
Register
Throughout
All Banks
BANK 0
Offset 07h
Offset 06h
Offset 05h
Offset 04h
LCR/BSR
IR Special Banks
(Banks 4-7)
Offset 02h
Offset 01h
Offset 00h
Figure 40. SP2 Register Bank Architecture
195
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.5.3 SP2 Register Map for IR Functionality
.
Table 68. Bank 4 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
00h-01h
Type
Reserved
02h
IRCR1
03h
LCR/BSR
IR Control 1
R/W
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
04h - 07h
Reserved
Table 69. Bank 5 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
Register Name
00h-02h
Type
Reserved
03h
LCR/BSR
04h
IRCR2
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
IR Control 2
R/W
05h - 07h Reserved
Table 70. Bank 6 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
IRCR3
01h
Register Name
IR Control 3
Type
R/W
Reserved
02h
SIR_PW
SIR Pulse Width Control (≤ 115 Kbps)
R/W
03h
LCR/BSR
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
04h-07h
Reserved
Table 71. Bank 7 Register Map
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
IRRXDC
01h
02h
03h
LCR/BSR
04h
IRCFG1
Type
IR Receiver Demodulator Control
RO
IRTXMC
IR Transmitter Modulator Control
RO
RCCFG
CEIR Configuration
RO
Line Control/Bank Select
R/W
IR Interface Configuration 1
R/W
05h
www.national.com
Register Name
Reserved
06h
IRCFG3
IR Interface Configuration 3
R/W
07h
IRCFG4
IR Interface Configuration 4
R/W
196
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
11.5.4 SP2 Bitmap Summary for IR Functionality
Table 72. Bank 4 Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
6
5
00h01h
4
3
2
1
IR_SL1
IR_SL0
0
Reserved
02h
EIR
03h
LCR/BSR
Reserved
Reserved
Same as Bank 0
04h07h
Reserved
Table 73. Bank 5 Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
Bits
7
6
5
00h02h
4
3
2
1
0
IRMSSL
IR_FDPLX
1
0
Reserved
03h
LCR/BSR
04h
IRCR2
Same as Bank 0
Reserved
AUX_IRRX
05h07h
Reserved
Reserved
Table 74. Bank 6 Bitmap
Register
Offset
Mnemonic
00h
IRCR3
Bits
7
6
5
SHDM_DS SHMD_DS
01h
3
2
Reserved
Reserved
02h
SIR_PW
03h
LCR/BSR
04h07h
4
Reserved
SPW (3-0)
Same as Bank 0
Reserved
197
www.national.com
11.0 Legacy Functional Blocks
(Continued)
Table 75. Bank 7 Bitmap
Register
Bits
Offset
Mnemonic
7
00h
IRRXDC
DBW (2-0)
DFR (4-0)
01h
IRTXMC
MCPW (2-0)
MCFR (4-0)
02h
RCCFG
03h
LCR/BSR
04h
IRCFG1
R_LEN
6
T_OV
5
RXHSC
4
RCDM_DS
3
Reserved
2
TXHSC
1
RC_MND1 RC_MMD0
Same as Bank 0
STRV_MS
SIRC (2-0)
05h
IRID3
IRIC (2-0)
Reserved
RCLC (2-0)
IRSL21_DS
Reserved
Reserved
06h
IRCFG3
Reserved
07h
IRCFG4
AMCFG
www.national.com
RCH (2-0)
Reserved
IRSL0_DS
RXINV
198
0
12.0 Device Characteristics
12.1 GENERAL DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
12.1.1 Recommended Operating Conditions
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
AVDD
Analog Supply Voltage (only one)
3.0
3.3
3.6
V
VDD
Supply Voltage
3.0
3.3
3.6
V
VSB
Standby Voltage
3.0
3.3
3.6
V
VBAT
Battery Backup Supply Voltage
2.4
3.0
3.6
V
+70
°C
TA
0
Operating Temperature
12.1.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Absolute maximum ratings are values beyond which damage to the device may occur. Unless otherwise specified, all voltages are relative to ground.
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
AVDD
Analog Supply Voltage
-0.5
TBD
VDD
Supply Voltage
−0.5
+6.5
V
VI
Input Voltage
−0.5
VDD + 0.5
V
VO
Output Voltage
−0.5
VDD + 0.5
V
Storage Temperature
−65
+165
°C
1
W
+260
°C
TSTG
PD
Power Dissipation
TL
Lead Temperature Soldering (10 s)
CZAP = 100 pF
ESD Tolerance
1.
2000
RZAP = 1.5 KΩ1
V
Value based on test complying with RAI-5-048-RA human body model ESD testing.
12.1.3 Capacitance
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
5
7
pF
8
12
pF
CIN
Input Pin Capacitance
CIN1
Clock Input Capacitance
CIO
I/O Pin Capacitance
10
12
pF
CO
Output Pin Capacitance
6
8
pF
5
TA = 25°C, f = 1 MHz
199
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.1.4 Power Consumption under Recommended Operating Conditions
Symbol
Conditions
Typ
Max
Unit
VDD Average Main Supply Current
VIL = 0.5V, VIH = 2.4V
No Load
32
50
mA
ICCLP
VDD Quiescent Main Supply Current
in Low Power Mode
VIL = VSS, VIH = VDD
No Load
1.3
1.7
mA
IASB
AVDD Average Main Supply Current
TBD
TBD
mA
ISB
VSB Average Main Supply Current
VIL = 0.5V, VIH = 2.4V
No Load
15
mA
ISBLP
VSB Quiescent Main Supply Current
in Low Power Mode
VIL = VSS, VIH = VSB
No Load
3
mA
IBAT
VBAT Battery Supply Current
VDD, VSB = 0 V,
VBAT = 3V
250
nA
ICC
Parameter
12.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS OF PINS, BY I/O BUFFER TYPES
The following tables summarize the DC characteristics of all device pins described in the Signal/Pin Connection and Description chapter. The characteristics describe the general I/O buffer types defined in Table 1. For exceptions, refer to Section 12.2.15 on page 203. The DC characteristics of the system interface meet the PCI2.1 3.3V DC signaling.
12.2.1 Input, CMOS Compatible
Symbol: INC
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
VIH
Input High Voltage
0.7 VDD
5.51
V
VIL
Input Low Voltage
−0.51
0.3 VDD
V
IIL
VIN = VDD
50
nA
Input Leakage Current
VIN = VSS
−50
nA
1.
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
12.2.2 Input, PCI 3.3V
Symbol: INPCI
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
VIH
Input High Voltage
0.5VDD
VDD + 0.5
V
VIL
Input Low Voltage
−0.5
0.3 VDD
V
lIL1
Input Leakage Current
±10
µA
1.
0 < Vin < VDD
Input leakage currents include hi-Z output leakage for all bi-directional buffers with TRI-STATE outputs.
12.2.3 Input, SMBus Compatible
Symbol: INSM
Symbol
VIH
www.national.com
Parameter
Conditions
Input High Voltage
200
Min
Max
Unit
1.4
5.51
V
12.0 Device Characteristics
Symbol
Parameter
VIL
Input Low Voltage
IIL
Input Leakage Current
1.
(Continued)
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
−0.5
0.8
V
VIN = VDD
10
µA
VIN = VSS
−10
µA
1
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
12.2.4 Input, Strap Pin
Symbol: INSTRP
Symbol
Parameter
VIH
Input High Voltage
IIL
Input Leakage Current
1.
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
5.5
V
During Reset: VIN = VDD
150
µA
VIN = VSS
−10
µA
Min
Max
Unit
0.6
VDD1
1
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
12.2.5 Input, TTL Compatible
Symbol: INT
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
VIH
Input High Voltage
2.0
5.51
V
VIL
Input Low Voltage
−0.51
0.8
V
IIL
VIN = VDD
10
Input Leakage Current
µA
VIN = VSS
−10
µA
1.
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
12.2.6 Input, TTL Compatible with Schmitt Trigger
Symbol: INTS
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
VIH
Input High Voltage
2.0
5.51
V
VIL
Input Low Voltage
−0.5 1
0.8
V
IIL
VIN = VDD
10
Input Leakage Current
µA
VIN = VSS
−10
µA
VH
Input Hysteresis
1.
250
mV
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
201
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.2.7 Output, PCI 3.3V
Symbol: OPCI
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
0.9 VDD
VOH
Output High Voltage
lout = -500 µA
VOL
Output Low Voltage
lout =1500 µA
Max
Unit
V
0.1 VDD
V
12.2.8 Output, Totem-Pole Buffer
Symbol: Op/n
Output, Totem-Pole buffer that is capable of sourcing p mA and sinking n mA
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
2.4
VOH
Output High Voltage
IOH = −p mA
VOL
Output Low Voltage
IOL = n mA
Max
Unit
V
0.4
V
12.2.9 Output, Open-Drain Buffer
Symbol: ODn
Output, Open-Drain output buffer, capable of sinking n mA. Output from these signals is open-drain and cannot be forced high.
Symbol
VOL
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
0.4
V
IOL = n mA
Output Low Voltage
12.2.10 Input, Analog
Symbol: INAN1
Input, analog to VLM.
Symbol
Conditions1
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
±1
µA
RAIN
Analog Input
Resistance2
250
Ω
CAIN
Analog Input Capacitance
15
pF
Analog Input Leakage Current
IAL
1.
2.
All parameters specified for 0° C ≤ TA ≤ 70° C.
AVCC= 3.3V ± 10%, unless otherwise specified and VREF = 1.235 or AVDD.
The resistance between the device input and the internal analog input capacitance.
12.2.11 Input, Analog
Symbol: INAN2
Input, analog to reference voltage.
Symbol
VREFE
Conditions1
Parameter
External Reference Voltage
2
RVREFE V
REF Input DC resistance
1.
2.
Typ
Max
Unit
TBD
1.235
TBD
V
36
KΩ
5
All parameters specified for 0° C ≤ TA ≤ 70° C.
AVCC= 3.3V ± 10%, unless otherwise specified and VREF = 1.235 or AVDD.
Valid only for external VREF; value changes during the conversion.
www.national.com
Min
202
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.2.12 Input, Analog
Symbol: INAN3
Input, analog to TMS.
Symbol
VDN
Parameter
Conditions
Min
D- Source Voltage
Typ
Max
Unit
0.7
V
12.2.13 Output, Analog
Symbol: OAN1
Output, analog to reference voltage.
Symbol
VREFE
Parameter
Conditions
External Reference Voltage
1
RVREFE V
REF Input DC resistance
1.
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1.233
1.235
1.237
V
36
KΩ
Max
Unit
5
Valid only for external VREF; value changes during the conversion.
12.2.14 Output, Analog
Symbol: OAN2
Output, analog to TMS.
Symbol
IDPH
Parameter
Diode Source Current
IDPL
Conditions
Min
Typ
D+ = D- + 0.65V; High
Level
80
120
µA
Low Level
8
12
µA
12.2.15 Exceptions
1. All pins are back-drive protected, except for the output pins with PCI Buffer Type.
2. The following pins have a static pull-up resistor and therefore may have input leakage current (when VIN = VSS) of about
(-)160µA: ACK, AFD_DSTRB, ERR, GPIO40-47, GPIO30-34, GPIO20-27, GPIO16-17, GPIO10-14. GPIO00-07, INIT,
P12, P16, P17, PE, SLIN_ASTRB, STB_WRITE.
3. The following pins have a static pull-down resistor and therefore may have input leakage current (when VIN = VDD) of
about 130µA: BUSY_WAIT, PE, SLCT.
4. Output from SLCT, BUSY_WAIT (and PE if bit 2 of PP Confg0 Register is “0”) is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in
SPP-Compatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based FIFO and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is 1.
Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 KW pull-up resistors should be used.
5. Output from ACK, ERR (and PE if bit 2 of PP Confg0 Register is set to 1) is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in SPPCompatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based FIFO and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is set to 1.
Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 KW pull-up resistors should be used.
6. Output from STB, AFD, INIT, SLIN is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in SPP-Compatible mode when the setup
mode is ECP-based (FIFO). Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistors should be
used.
7. Output from PD7-0 is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in SPP-Compatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based
(FIFO) and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is 1. Otherwise, output from these signals is Level 2. External 4.7
KΩ pull-up resistors should be used.
8. IOH is valid for a GPIO pin only when it is not configured as open-drain.
9. P12, P16 and P17 are driven high for about 100 ns after a low-to-high transition, during which it is capable of sourcing
2 mA.
203
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.3 INTERNAL RESISTORS
12.3.1 Pull-Up Resistor
Symbol: PUnn.
Symbol
Parameter
RPU
Pull-up equivalent resistance
Conditions
Typical
VDD = 3.3V
nn
Conditions
Typical
VDD = 3.3V
nn
Min
Max
nn−30% nn+30%
Unit
KΩ
12.3.2 Pull-Down Resistor
Symbol: PDnn.
Symbol
Parameter
RPD
Pull-down equivalent resistance
Min
Max
nn−30% nn+30%
Unit
KΩ
12.4 ANALOG CHARACTERISTICS
12.4.1 VLM
Symbol
Parameter
VRES
Resolution
VIREF
Internal Reference Voltage
VDNL
Differential (non-linearity) Error2
VREF
Reference Voltage Input4
Accuracy5
ACU
VFS
Full Scale Voltage
VIN
Input Voltage Range
tACT
VLM Activation Time6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Conditions1
Min
Typical
Max
8
1.208
1.211
Unit
bit
1.216
V
±0.53
LSB
1.211
V
0V ≤ VIN ≤ 1.2V
±2
LSB
1.2V ≤ VIN ≤ 2V
±2
LSB
2V ≤ VIN ≤ 0.95 VFS
±4
LSB
2.967
0
V
2.45*VREF
V
100
µs
All parameters specified for 0° C ≤ TA ≤ 70° C and AVCC= 3.3V ± 5% unless otherwise specified and external
VREF = 1.211V.
The maximum difference between an ideal step size of 1 LSB and any actual step size.
No missing codes.
The voltage connected to this input serves as the reference voltage used to calculate the actual input
voltatge.
Total unadjusted error (incoludes the offset, gain, integral n0on-linearity and quantization (0.5 LSB) errors).
Time from when the VLMCFG register Standby Mode Enable bit = 0 until valid conversions are possible.
www.national.com
204
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.4.2 TMS
Symbol
TRAC1
Parameter
Accuracy Using Remote Diode
TRAC2
TRESB
Conditions1
tCONV
Temperature Conversion Time
(per channel)
1.
2.
Max
Unit
-5
+5
C
TA = +40°C to +100°C
-3
+3
C
TRESC
Reference Voltage Input2
Typ
TA = -40°C to +125°C
Resolution
VREF
Min
8
bits
1
°C
1.211
V
100
ms
All parameters specified for 0° C ≤ TA ≤ 70° C.
AVCC= 3.3V ± 10% unless otherwise specified and external VREF = 1.211V.
When using input with value other than specified, temperature reading accuracy is affected.
205
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5 AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
12.5.1 AC Test Conditions
Load Circuit (Notes 1, 2, 3)
AC Testing Input, Output Waveform
VDD
S1
2.4
0.1 µf
2.0
0.8
0.4
Test Points
2.0
0.8
RL
Input
Device
Under
Test
Output
CL
Figure 41. AC Test Conditions, TA = 0 °C to 70 °C, VDD = 5.0V ±10%
Notes:
1. CL = 100 pF for all output pins except OPCI, and CL = 50pF for outputs of type OPCI. These values include both jig and
scope capacitance.
2. S1 = Open for push-pull output pins.
S1 = VDD for high impedance to active low and active low to high-impedance measurements.
S1 = GND for high impedance to active high and active high to high-impedance measurements.
RL = 1.0KΩ for µP interface pins.
3. For the FDC open-drive interface pins, S1 = VDD and RL = 150Ω.
12.5.2 Clock Timing
48 MHz
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
tCH
Clock High Pulse
Width1
8.4
ns
tCL
Clock Low Pulse Width1
8.4
ns
tCP
Clock Period1
20
21.5
ns
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
.
tCP
tCH
CLKIN
tCL
www.national.com
206
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.3 LCLK and LRESET
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Units
tCYC1
LCLK Cycle Time
30
ns
tHIGH
LCLK High Time
11
ns
tLOW
LCLK Low Time
11
ns
-
LCLK Slew Rate2
1
-
LRESET Slew Rate3
50
4
V/ns
mV/ns
1. The PCI may have any clock frequency between nominal DC and 33
MHz. Device operational parameters at frequencies under 16 MHz may
be guaranteed by design rather than by testing. The clock frequency
may be changed at any time during the operation of the system as long
as the clock edges remain “clean” (monotonic) and the minimum cycle
and high and low times are not violated. The clock may only be stopped
in a low state.
2. Rise and fall times are specified in terms of the edge rate measured in
V/ns. This slew rate must be met across the minimum peak-to-peak portion of the clock wavering as shown below.
3. The minimum LRESET slew rate applies only to the rising (de-assertion)
edge of the reset signal and ensures that system noise cannot make an
otherwise monotonic signal appear to bounce in the switching range.
3.3V Clock
tHIGH
0.5 VDD
tLOW
0.6 VDD
0.4 VDD p-to-p
(minimum)
0.4 VDD
0.3 VDD
0.2 VDD
tCYC
207
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.4 LPC and SERIRQ Signals
Symbol
Figure
Description
Reference Conditions
tVAL
Output
Output Valid Delay
After RE CLK
tON
Output
Float to Active Delay
After RE CLK
tOFF
Output
Active to Float Delay
After RE CLK
tSU
Input
Input Setup Time
Before RE CLK
7
ns
tHI
Input
Input Hold Time
After RE CLK
0
ns
Output
LCLK
tVAL
tON
LPC Signals/
SERIRQ
tOFF
Input
LCLK
tSU
LPC Signals/
SERIRQ
www.national.com
tHI
Input
Valid
208
Min
Max
Unit
11
ns
2
ns
28
ns
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.5 Serial Port, Sharp-IR, SIR and Consumer Remote Control Timing
Symbol
Parameter
tBT
Single Bit Time in Serial Port and Sharp-IR
tCMW
Modulation Signal Pulse Width in Sharp-IR
and Consumer Remote Control
Conditions
Min
Max
Unit
Transmitter
tBTN − 251
tBTN + 25
ns
Receiver
tBTN − 2%
tBTN + 2%
ns
Transmitter
tCWN − 252
tCWN + 25
ns
Receiver
500
Transmitter
tCPN − 25
Receiver
ns
3
tCPN + 25
ns
tMMIN4
tMMAX4
ns
Transmitter,
Variable
(3/16) x tBTN − 151
(3/16) x tBTN + 151
ns
SIR Signal Pulse Width
Transmitter,
Fixed
1.48
1.78
µs
Receiver
1
SDRT
SIR Data Rate Tolerance.
% of Nominal Data Rate.
Transmitter
± 0.87%
Receiver
± 2.0%
tSJT
SIR Leading Edge Jitter.
% of Nominal Bit Duration.
Transmitter
± 2.5%
Receiver
± 6.5%
tCMP
tSPW
1.
2.
3.
4.
Modulation Signal Period in Sharp-IR and
Consumer Remote Control
µs
tBTN is the nominal bit time in Serial Port, Sharp-IR, SIR and Consumer Remote Control modes. It is determined by the setting of the Baud Generator Divisor registers.
tCWN is the nominal pulse width of the modulation signal for Sharp-IR and Consumer Remote Control modes.
It is determined by the MCPW field (bits 7-5) of the IRTXMC register and the TXHSC bit (bit 2) of the RCCFG
register.
tCPN is the nominal period of the modulation signal for Sharp-IR and Consumer Remote Control modes. It is
determined by the MCFR field (bits 4-0) of the IRTXMC register and the TXHSC bit (bit 2) of the RCCFG register.
tMMIN and tMMAX define the time range within which the period of the incoming subcarrier signal has to fall in
order for the signal to be accepted by the receiver. These time values are determined by the contents of the
IRRXDC register and the setting of the RXHSC bit (bit 5) of the RCCFG register.
tBT
Serial Port
tCMW
tCMP
Sharp-IR
Consumer Remote Control
tSPW
SIR
209
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.6 Modem Control Timing
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
tL
RI2,1 Low Time
10
ns
tH
RI2,1 High Time
10
ns
tSIM
Delay to Set IRQ from Modem Input
CTS, DSR, DCD
tSIM
40
ns
tSIM
INTERRUPT
(Read MSR)
(Read MSR)
tSIM
tL
tH
RI
12.5.7 FDC Write Data Timing
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
tHDH
HDSEL Hold from WGATE Inactive1
100
µs
tHDS
HDSEL Setup to WGATE Active1
100
µs
tWDW
Write Data Pulse Width
1.
See tDRP, tICP and tWDW values in table below
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
HDSEL
WGATE
tHDS
tHDH
tWDW
WDATA
tDRP tICP tWDW Values
Data Rate
tDRP
tICP
tICP Nominal
tWDW
tWDW Minimum
Unit
1 Mbps
1000
6 x tCP1
125
2 x tICP
250
ns
500 Kbps
2000
6 x tCP1
125
2 x tICP
250
ns
300 Kbps
3333
10 x tCP1
208
2 x tICP
375
ns
250 Kbps
4000
12 x tCP1
250
2 x tICP
500
ns
1. tCP is the clock period defined in the Clock Timing section on page 206.
www.national.com
210
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.8 FDC Drive Control Timing
Symbol
Parameter
tDST
DIR Setup to STEP Active1
tIW
Index Pulse Width
tSTD
DIR Hold from STEP Inactive
tSTP
tSTR
Min
1
STEP Active High Pulse Width
STEP Rate Time
1
Max
Unit
6
µs
100
ns
tSTR
ms
8
µs
0.5
ms
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
DIR
tSTD
tDST
STEP
tSTP
tSTR
INDEX
tIW
12.5.9 FDC Read Data Timing
Symbol
tRDW
Parameter
Min
50
Read Data Pulse Width
Max
Unit
ns
tRDW
RDATA
211
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.10 Standard Parallel Port Timing
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Typ
Max
Unit
tPDH
Port Data Hold
These times are system dependent
and are therefore not tested.
500
ns
tPDS
Port Data Setup
These times are system dependent
and are therefore not tested.
500
ns
tSW
Strobe Width
These times are system dependent
and are therefore not tested.
500
ns
Typical Data Exchange
BUSY
ACK
tPDH
tPDS
PD7-0
tSW
STB
12.5.11 Enhanced Parallel Port Timing
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
EPP 1.7 EPP 1.9
Unit
tWW19a
WRITE Active from WAIT Low
45
✔
ns
tWW19ia
WRITE Inactive from WAIT Low
45
✔
ns
tWST19a
DSTRB or ASTRB Active from WAIT Low
65
✔
ns
tWEST
DSTRB or ASTRB Active after WRITE Active
10
✔
✔
ns
tWPDH
PD7-0 Hold after WRITE Inactive
0
✔
✔
ns
tWPDS
PD7-0 Valid after WRITE Active
✔
✔
ns
tEPDW
PD7-0 Valid Width
80
✔
✔
ns
tEPDH
PD7-0 Hold after DSTRB or ASTRB Inactive
0
✔
✔
ns
15
tWW19a
WRITE
DSTRB
or
ASTRB
tWST19a
tWEST
tWPDH
PD7-0
tWPDS
tWW19ia
WAIT
www.national.com
212
tWST19a
tEPDH
Valid
tEPDW
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.12 Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) Timing
Forward Mode
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
tECDSF
Data Setup before STB Active
0
ns
tECDHF
Data Hold after BUSY Inactive
0
ns
tECLHF
BUSY Active after STB Active
75
ns
tECHHF
STB Inactive after BUSY Active
0
1
s
tECHLF
BUSY Inactive after STB Active
0
35
ms
tECLLF
STB Active after BUSY Inactive
0
ns
tECDHF
PD7-0
AFD
tECDSF
tECLLF
STB
tECHLF
tECLHF
BUSY
tECHHF
Reverse Mode
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Unit
tECDSR
Data Setup before ACK Active
0
ns
tECDHR
Data Hold after AFD Active
0
ns
tECLHR
AFD Inactive after ACK Active
75
ns
tECHHR
ACK Inactive after AFD Inactive
0
35
ms
tECHLR
AFD Active after ACK Inactive
0
1
s
tECLLR
ACK Active after AFD Active
0
ns
tECDHR
PD7-0
BUSY
tECDSR
ACK
tECLLR
tECLHR
AFD
tECHLR
tECHHR
213
www.national.com
12.0 Device Characteristics
(Continued)
12.5.13 Chassis Lock/Unlock Timing
Symbol
Parameter
tCLPW
Max
Unit
Chassis Lock Pulse Width1
0.75
sec
tCULPW
Chassis Unlock Pulse Width1
0.75
sec
tCLRCV
Chassis Lock Recovery1
0.25
sec
tCULRCV
Chassis Unlock Recovery1
0.25
sec
1.
Min
Not tested. Guaranteed by design.
tCLPW,tCULPW
CHLOCK
CHUNLOCK
www.national.com
214
tCLRCV,tCULRCV
PC87365 128-Pin LPC SuperI/O with System Hardware Monitoring
Physical Dimensions
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC
Order Number PC87365-xxx/VLA
NS Package Number VLA128A
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY
NATIONAL’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT
DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL
COUNSEL OF NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:
1. Life support devices or systems are devices or
systems which, (a) are intended for surgical implant
into the body, or (b) support or sustain life, and whose
failure to perform, when properly used in accordance
with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can
be reasonably expected to result in a significant injury
to the user.
National Semiconductor
Corporation
Americas
Email: [email protected]
2. A critical component is any component of a life
support device or system whose failure to perform can
be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life
support device or system, or to affect its safety or
effectiveness.
National Semiconductor
Europe
Fax: +49 (0) 1 80 530 85 86
Email: [email protected]
Deutsch Tel: +49 (0) 69 9508 6208
English Tel: +44 (0) 870 24 0 2171
Français Tel: +33 (0) 1 41 91 87 90
National Semiconductor
Asia Pacific
Fax: 65-250-4466
Email: [email protected]
Tel: 65-254-4466
National Semiconductor
Japan
Fax: 81-3-5639-7507
Email: [email protected]
Tel: 81-3-5639-7560
www.national.com
National does not assume any responsibility for use of any circuitry described, no circuit patent licenses are implied and National reserves the right at any time without notice to change said circuitry and specifications.